|  | # | 
|  | # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013 | 
|  | # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. | 
|  | # | 
|  | # SPDX-License-Identifier:	GPL-2.0+ | 
|  | # | 
|  |  | 
|  | Summary: | 
|  | ======== | 
|  |  | 
|  | This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for | 
|  | Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other | 
|  | processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to | 
|  | initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application | 
|  | code. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of | 
|  | the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some | 
|  | header files in common, and special provision has been made to | 
|  | support booting of Linux images. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Some attention has been paid to make this software easily | 
|  | configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are | 
|  | implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to | 
|  | add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used | 
|  | code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can | 
|  | load and run it dynamically. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Status: | 
|  | ======= | 
|  |  | 
|  | In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the | 
|  | Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered | 
|  | "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems. | 
|  |  | 
|  | In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out | 
|  | who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board | 
|  | maintainers. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree; | 
|  | it can be created dynamically from the Git log using: | 
|  |  | 
|  | make CHANGELOG | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Where to get help: | 
|  | ================== | 
|  |  | 
|  | In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for | 
|  | U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at | 
|  | <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic | 
|  | on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's. | 
|  | Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and | 
|  | http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Where to get source code: | 
|  | ========================= | 
|  |  | 
|  | The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at | 
|  | git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at | 
|  | http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary | 
|  |  | 
|  | The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of | 
|  | any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also | 
|  | available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ | 
|  | directory. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Pre-built (and tested) images are available from | 
|  | ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/ | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Where we come from: | 
|  | =================== | 
|  |  | 
|  | - start from 8xxrom sources | 
|  | - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot) | 
|  | - clean up code | 
|  | - make it easier to add custom boards | 
|  | - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs | 
|  | - extend functions, especially: | 
|  | * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader | 
|  | * S-Record download | 
|  | * network boot | 
|  | * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot | 
|  | - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot) | 
|  | - add other CPU families (starting with ARM) | 
|  | - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot) | 
|  | - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Names and Spelling: | 
|  | =================== | 
|  |  | 
|  | The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling | 
|  | "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments | 
|  | in source files etc.). Example: | 
|  |  | 
|  | This is the README file for the U-Boot project. | 
|  |  | 
|  | File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples: | 
|  |  | 
|  | include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h | 
|  |  | 
|  | #include <asm/u-boot.h> | 
|  |  | 
|  | Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on | 
|  | the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example: | 
|  |  | 
|  | U_BOOT_VERSION		u_boot_logo | 
|  | IH_OS_U_BOOT		u_boot_hush_start | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Versioning: | 
|  | =========== | 
|  |  | 
|  | Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases | 
|  | were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning | 
|  | into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by | 
|  | names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date. | 
|  | Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix | 
|  | releases in "stable" maintenance trees. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Examples: | 
|  | U-Boot v2009.11	    - Release November 2009 | 
|  | U-Boot v2009.11.1   - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree | 
|  | U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Directory Hierarchy: | 
|  | ==================== | 
|  |  | 
|  | /arch			Architecture specific files | 
|  | /arc			Files generic to ARC architecture | 
|  | /cpu		CPU specific files | 
|  | /arc700		Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs | 
|  | /lib		Architecture specific library files | 
|  | /arm			Files generic to ARM architecture | 
|  | /cpu		CPU specific files | 
|  | /arm720t		Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs | 
|  | /arm920t		Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs | 
|  | /at91		Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU | 
|  | /imx		Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs | 
|  | /s3c24x0	Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs | 
|  | /arm926ejs	Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs | 
|  | /arm1136		Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs | 
|  | /pxa		Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs | 
|  | /sa1100		Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs | 
|  | /lib		Architecture specific library files | 
|  | /avr32		Files generic to AVR32 architecture | 
|  | /cpu		CPU specific files | 
|  | /lib		Architecture specific library files | 
|  | /blackfin		Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture | 
|  | /cpu		CPU specific files | 
|  | /lib		Architecture specific library files | 
|  | /m68k			Files generic to m68k architecture | 
|  | /cpu		CPU specific files | 
|  | /mcf52x2		Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs | 
|  | /mcf5227x		Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs | 
|  | /mcf532x		Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs | 
|  | /mcf5445x		Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs | 
|  | /mcf547x_8x	Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs | 
|  | /lib		Architecture specific library files | 
|  | /microblaze		Files generic to microblaze architecture | 
|  | /cpu		CPU specific files | 
|  | /lib		Architecture specific library files | 
|  | /mips			Files generic to MIPS architecture | 
|  | /cpu		CPU specific files | 
|  | /mips32		Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs | 
|  | /mips64		Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs | 
|  | /lib		Architecture specific library files | 
|  | /nds32		Files generic to NDS32 architecture | 
|  | /cpu		CPU specific files | 
|  | /n1213		Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs | 
|  | /lib		Architecture specific library files | 
|  | /nios2		Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture | 
|  | /cpu		CPU specific files | 
|  | /lib		Architecture specific library files | 
|  | /openrisc		Files generic to OpenRISC architecture | 
|  | /cpu		CPU specific files | 
|  | /lib		Architecture specific library files | 
|  | /powerpc		Files generic to PowerPC architecture | 
|  | /cpu		CPU specific files | 
|  | /mpc5xx		Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs | 
|  | /mpc5xxx		Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs | 
|  | /mpc8xx		Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs | 
|  | /mpc8260		Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs | 
|  | /mpc85xx		Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs | 
|  | /ppc4xx		Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs | 
|  | /lib		Architecture specific library files | 
|  | /sh			Files generic to SH architecture | 
|  | /cpu		CPU specific files | 
|  | /sh2		Files specific to sh2 CPUs | 
|  | /sh3		Files specific to sh3 CPUs | 
|  | /sh4		Files specific to sh4 CPUs | 
|  | /lib		Architecture specific library files | 
|  | /sparc		Files generic to SPARC architecture | 
|  | /cpu		CPU specific files | 
|  | /leon2		Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU | 
|  | /leon3		Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU | 
|  | /lib		Architecture specific library files | 
|  | /x86			Files generic to x86 architecture | 
|  | /cpu		CPU specific files | 
|  | /lib		Architecture specific library files | 
|  | /api			Machine/arch independent API for external apps | 
|  | /board			Board dependent files | 
|  | /common			Misc architecture independent functions | 
|  | /disk			Code for disk drive partition handling | 
|  | /doc			Documentation (don't expect too much) | 
|  | /drivers		Commonly used device drivers | 
|  | /dts			Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt. | 
|  | /examples		Example code for standalone applications, etc. | 
|  | /fs			Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.) | 
|  | /include		Header Files | 
|  | /lib			Files generic to all architectures | 
|  | /libfdt		Library files to support flattened device trees | 
|  | /lzma			Library files to support LZMA decompression | 
|  | /lzo			Library files to support LZO decompression | 
|  | /net			Networking code | 
|  | /post			Power On Self Test | 
|  | /spl			Secondary Program Loader framework | 
|  | /tools			Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Software Configuration: | 
|  | ======================= | 
|  |  | 
|  | Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the | 
|  | rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible. | 
|  |  | 
|  | There are two classes of configuration variables: | 
|  |  | 
|  | * Configuration _OPTIONS_: | 
|  | These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with | 
|  | "CONFIG_". | 
|  |  | 
|  | * Configuration _SETTINGS_: | 
|  | These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if | 
|  | you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with | 
|  | "CONFIG_SYS_". | 
|  |  | 
|  | Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even | 
|  | identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to | 
|  | do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic | 
|  | links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards | 
|  | as an example here. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type: | 
|  | --------------------------------------------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default | 
|  | configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig". | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example: For a TQM823L module type: | 
|  |  | 
|  | cd u-boot | 
|  | make TQM823L_defconfig | 
|  |  | 
|  | For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well; | 
|  | e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent | 
|  | directory according to the instructions in cogent/README. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Sandbox Environment: | 
|  | -------------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox' | 
|  | board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture- | 
|  | specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to | 
|  | run some of U-Boot's tests. | 
|  |  | 
|  | See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Board Initialisation Flow: | 
|  | -------------------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both | 
|  | SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules). At present SPL | 
|  | mostly uses a separate code path, but the funtion names and roles of each | 
|  | function are the same. Some boards or architectures may not conform to this. | 
|  | At least most ARM boards which use CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Execution starts with start.S with three functions called during init after | 
|  | that. The purpose and limitations of each is described below. | 
|  |  | 
|  | lowlevel_init(): | 
|  | - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f() | 
|  | - no global_data or BSS | 
|  | - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed) | 
|  | - must not set up SDRAM or use console | 
|  | - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to | 
|  | board_init_f() | 
|  | - this is almost never needed | 
|  | - return normally from this function | 
|  |  | 
|  | board_init_f(): | 
|  | - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r(): | 
|  | i.e. SDRAM and serial UART | 
|  | - global_data is available | 
|  | - stack is in SRAM | 
|  | - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables, | 
|  | only stack variables and global_data | 
|  |  | 
|  | Non-SPL-specific notes: | 
|  | - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this | 
|  | can do nothing | 
|  |  | 
|  | SPL-specific notes: | 
|  | - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own | 
|  | version as needed. | 
|  | - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis | 
|  | - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work | 
|  | - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S | 
|  | - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r() | 
|  | directly) | 
|  |  | 
|  | Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at | 
|  | this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of | 
|  | memory. | 
|  |  | 
|  | board_init_r(): | 
|  | - purpose: main execution, common code | 
|  | - global_data is available | 
|  | - SDRAM is available | 
|  | - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used | 
|  | - execution eventually continues to main_loop() | 
|  |  | 
|  | Non-SPL-specific notes: | 
|  | - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from | 
|  | there. | 
|  |  | 
|  | SPL-specific notes: | 
|  | - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM | 
|  | - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is | 
|  | done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a | 
|  | spl_board_init() function containing this call | 
|  | - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Configuration Options: | 
|  | ---------------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all | 
|  | such information is kept in a configuration file | 
|  | "include/configs/<board_name>.h". | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in | 
|  | "include/configs/TQM823L.h". | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux | 
|  | kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to | 
|  | build a config tool - later. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | The following options need to be configured: | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CPU Type:	Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Board Type:	Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined) | 
|  | Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002 | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) | 
|  | Define exactly one of | 
|  | CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD | 
|  | --- FIXME --- not tested yet: | 
|  | CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P, | 
|  | CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50 | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) | 
|  | Define exactly one of | 
|  | CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102 | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) | 
|  | Define one or more of | 
|  | CONFIG_CMA302 | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined) | 
|  | Define one or more of | 
|  | CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT	- update a character position on | 
|  | the LCD display every second with | 
|  | a "rotator" |\-/|\-/ | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Marvell Family Member | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_MVFS		- define it if you want to enable | 
|  | multiple fs option at one time | 
|  | for marvell soc family | 
|  |  | 
|  | - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU) | 
|  | CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ	- deprecated: CPU clock if | 
|  | get_gclk_freq() cannot work | 
|  | e.g. if there is no 32KHz | 
|  | reference PIT/RTC clock | 
|  | CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK	- PLL input clock (either EXTCLK | 
|  | or XTAL/EXTAL) | 
|  |  | 
|  | - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU): | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX | 
|  | CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT | 
|  | See doc/README.MPC866 | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead | 
|  | of relying on the correctness of the configured | 
|  | values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure | 
|  | the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note | 
|  | that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz | 
|  | RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN) | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this option if you want to enable the | 
|  | ICache only when Code runs from RAM. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - 85xx CPU Options: | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_PPC64 | 
|  |  | 
|  | Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements | 
|  | the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR | 
|  | compliance, among other possible reasons. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV | 
|  |  | 
|  | Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the | 
|  | system clock.  On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ | 
|  | devices it can be 16 or 32.  The ratio varies from SoC to Soc. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT | 
|  |  | 
|  | Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device | 
|  | tree nodes for the given platform. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work | 
|  | around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger | 
|  | support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where | 
|  | breakpoints and single stepping do not work.  The value of this | 
|  | symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this | 
|  | purpose. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enables a workaround for erratum A004510.  If set, | 
|  | then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional) | 
|  |  | 
|  | Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR) | 
|  | for which the A004510 workaround should be applied. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision | 
|  | of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus | 
|  | p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls | 
|  | whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set. | 
|  |  | 
|  | See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about | 
|  | this erratum. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND | 
|  | Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only | 
|  | required during NOR boot. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND | 
|  | Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only | 
|  | required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY | 
|  |  | 
|  | This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600 | 
|  | according to the A004510 workaround. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR | 
|  | This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is | 
|  | connected exclusively to the DSP cores. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR | 
|  | This value denotes start offset of M2 memory | 
|  | which is directly connected to the DSP core. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR | 
|  | This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly | 
|  | connected to the DSP core. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT | 
|  | This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK | 
|  | Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's. | 
|  | In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply | 
|  | clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F | 
|  | This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the | 
|  | time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP | 
|  | Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is | 
|  | supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Generic CPU options: | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA | 
|  | Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f(). | 
|  | If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in | 
|  | generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board | 
|  | should initialize global data before calling board_init_f(). | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN | 
|  |  | 
|  | Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those | 
|  | values is arch specific. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR | 
|  | Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is | 
|  | found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core | 
|  | SoCs. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR | 
|  | Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU | 
|  | Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as | 
|  | deskew training are not available. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1 | 
|  | Freescale DDR1 controller. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2 | 
|  | Freescale DDR2 controller. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3 | 
|  | Freescale DDR3 controller. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4 | 
|  | Freescale DDR4 controller. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3 | 
|  | Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1 | 
|  | Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with | 
|  | Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board | 
|  | implemetation. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2 | 
|  | Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with | 
|  | Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board | 
|  | implementation. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3 | 
|  | Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with | 
|  | Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L | 
|  | Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with | 
|  | DDR3L controllers. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4 | 
|  | Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with | 
|  | DDR4 controllers. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE | 
|  | Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE | 
|  | Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI | 
|  | It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image. | 
|  | Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW | 
|  | It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image. | 
|  | PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution. | 
|  | Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL | 
|  | It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format | 
|  | concatenated with u-boot binary. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE | 
|  | Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE | 
|  | Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY | 
|  | Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the | 
|  | same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for  all Power SoCs. But | 
|  | it could be different for ARM SoCs. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B | 
|  | DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special | 
|  | interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape | 
|  | SoCs with ARM core. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS | 
|  | Number of controllers used as main memory. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS | 
|  | Number of controllers used for other than main memory. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE | 
|  | Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE | 
|  | Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Intel Monahans options: | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO | 
|  |  | 
|  | Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator | 
|  | ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core | 
|  | frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO | 
|  |  | 
|  | Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator | 
|  | ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and | 
|  | 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied | 
|  | by this value. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - MIPS CPU options: | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET | 
|  |  | 
|  | Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack | 
|  | pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before | 
|  | relocation. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE | 
|  |  | 
|  | Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU. | 
|  | See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h. | 
|  | Possible values are: | 
|  | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA | 
|  | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA | 
|  | CONF_CM_UNCACHED | 
|  | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT | 
|  | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE | 
|  | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW | 
|  | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW | 
|  | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG | 
|  |  | 
|  | Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. | 
|  | See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq | 
|  | XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to | 
|  | be swapped if a flash programmer is used. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - ARM options: | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH | 
|  |  | 
|  | Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not | 
|  | clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD | 
|  |  | 
|  | Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction | 
|  | set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides | 
|  | better code density. For ARM architectures that support | 
|  | Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by | 
|  | GCC. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044 | 
|  | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230 | 
|  | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622 | 
|  | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472 | 
|  | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072 | 
|  | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320 | 
|  | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_845369 | 
|  |  | 
|  | If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early | 
|  | during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the | 
|  | workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection | 
|  | exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not | 
|  | set these options unless they apply! | 
|  |  | 
|  | NOTE: The following can be machine specific errata. These | 
|  | do have ability to provide rudimentary version and machine | 
|  | specific checks, but expect no product checks. | 
|  | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_430973 | 
|  | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_454179 | 
|  | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_621766 | 
|  | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_798870 | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Tegra SoC options: | 
|  | CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE | 
|  |  | 
|  | Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain | 
|  | impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode, | 
|  | such as ARM architectural timer initialization. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Linux Kernel Interface: | 
|  | CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ | 
|  |  | 
|  | U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz | 
|  | internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux | 
|  | kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the | 
|  | bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable | 
|  | "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot | 
|  | converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the | 
|  | Linux kernel. | 
|  | When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of | 
|  | "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the | 
|  | default environment. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES		[relevant for MIPS only] | 
|  |  | 
|  | When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions | 
|  | expect it to be in bytes, others in MB. | 
|  | Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT | 
|  |  | 
|  | New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be | 
|  | passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware | 
|  | concepts). | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT | 
|  | * New libfdt-based support | 
|  | * Adds the "fdt" command | 
|  | * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt | 
|  |  | 
|  | OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for | 
|  | MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). | 
|  | OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for | 
|  | MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). | 
|  | OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency. | 
|  | OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device | 
|  |  | 
|  | boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC | 
|  | addresses | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP | 
|  |  | 
|  | Board code has addition modification that it wants to make | 
|  | to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP | 
|  |  | 
|  | Other code has addition modification that it wants to make | 
|  | to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel. | 
|  | This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting | 
|  | the kernel. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU | 
|  |  | 
|  | This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot | 
|  | param header, the default value is zero if undefined. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP | 
|  |  | 
|  | U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not. | 
|  | If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot | 
|  | removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux, | 
|  | so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and | 
|  | crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where | 
|  | no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_MACH_TYPE	[relevant for ARM only][mandatory] | 
|  |  | 
|  | This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one | 
|  | machine type and must be used to specify the machine type | 
|  | number as it appears in the ARM machine registry | 
|  | (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/). | 
|  | Only boards that have multiple machine types supported | 
|  | in a single configuration file and the machine type is | 
|  | runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - vxWorks boot parameters: | 
|  |  | 
|  | bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following | 
|  | environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname. | 
|  | It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS | 
|  |  | 
|  | Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret" | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride | 
|  | the defaults discussed just above. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Cache Configuration: | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Cache Configuration for ARM: | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache | 
|  | controller | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310 | 
|  | controller register space | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Serial Ports: | 
|  | CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK | 
|  |  | 
|  | If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to | 
|  | the clock speed of the UARTs. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS | 
|  |  | 
|  | If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board, | 
|  | define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported) | 
|  | port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR | 
|  |  | 
|  | Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500) | 
|  | have separate receive and transmit line control registers.  Set | 
|  | this variable to initialize the extra register. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT | 
|  |  | 
|  | On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage | 
|  | boot loader that has already initialized the UART.  Define this | 
|  | variable to flush the UART at init time. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver. | 
|  | Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Console Interface: | 
|  | Depending on board, define exactly one serial port | 
|  | (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2, | 
|  | CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial | 
|  | console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial | 
|  | port routines must be defined elsewhere | 
|  | (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...) | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE | 
|  | Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following | 
|  | defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042) | 
|  | VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN	graphic memory organisation | 
|  | (default big endian) | 
|  | VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL	graphic chip supports | 
|  | rectangle fill | 
|  | (cf. smiLynxEM) | 
|  | VIDEO_HW_BITBLT		graphic chip supports | 
|  | bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM) | 
|  | VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS	visible pixel columns | 
|  | (cols=pitch) | 
|  | VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS	visible pixel rows | 
|  | VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE	bytes per pixel | 
|  | VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT	graphic data format | 
|  | (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c) | 
|  | VIDEO_FB_ADRS		framebuffer address | 
|  | VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT	keyboard int fct | 
|  | (i.e. i8042_kbd_init()) | 
|  | VIDEO_TSTC_FCT		test char fct | 
|  | (i.e. i8042_tstc) | 
|  | VIDEO_GETC_FCT		get char fct | 
|  | (i.e. i8042_getc) | 
|  | CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR	cursor drawing on/off | 
|  | (requires blink timer | 
|  | cf. i8042.c) | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c) | 
|  | CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME	display time/date info in | 
|  | upper right corner | 
|  | (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE) | 
|  | CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO	display Linux logo in | 
|  | upper left corner | 
|  | CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO	use bmp_logo.h instead of | 
|  | linux_logo.h for logo. | 
|  | Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO | 
|  | CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO | 
|  | additional board info beside | 
|  | the logo | 
|  |  | 
|  | When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support | 
|  | a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control, | 
|  | erase functions and limited graphics rendition control). | 
|  |  | 
|  | When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is | 
|  | default i/o. Serial console can be forced with | 
|  | environment 'console=serial'. | 
|  |  | 
|  | When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console | 
|  | messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with | 
|  | the "silent" environment variable. See | 
|  | doc/README.silent for more information. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default | 
|  | is 0x00. | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default | 
|  | is 0xa0. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Console Baudrate: | 
|  | CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps | 
|  | Select one of the baudrates listed in | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Console Rx buffer length | 
|  | With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define | 
|  | the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC. | 
|  | This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible. | 
|  | If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE | 
|  | must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for | 
|  | the SMC. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Pre-Console Buffer: | 
|  | Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART | 
|  | initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded. | 
|  | Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to | 
|  | buffer any console messages prior to the console being | 
|  | initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ | 
|  | bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is | 
|  | a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ | 
|  | bytes are output before the console is initialised, the | 
|  | earlier bytes are discarded. | 
|  |  | 
|  | 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if | 
|  | CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2 | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Safe printf() functions | 
|  | Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of | 
|  | the printf() functions. These are defined in | 
|  | include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and | 
|  | so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes. | 
|  | If this option is not given then these functions will | 
|  | silently discard their buffer size argument - this means | 
|  | you are not getting any overflow checking in this case. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Boot Delay:	CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds | 
|  | Delay before automatically booting the default image; | 
|  | set to -1 to disable autoboot. | 
|  | set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort | 
|  | (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined). | 
|  |  | 
|  | See doc/README.autoboot for these options that | 
|  | work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required. | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN | 
|  | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED | 
|  | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT | 
|  | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR | 
|  | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR | 
|  | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2 | 
|  | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2 | 
|  | CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK | 
|  | CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Autoboot Command: | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND | 
|  | Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled; | 
|  | define a command string that is automatically executed | 
|  | when no character is read on the console interface | 
|  | within "Boot Delay" after reset. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTARGS | 
|  | This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm | 
|  | command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the | 
|  | environment value "bootargs". | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT | 
|  | The value of these goes into the environment as | 
|  | "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used | 
|  | as a convenience, when switching between booting from | 
|  | RAM and NFS. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Bootcount: | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT | 
|  | Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot | 
|  | cycle, see: | 
|  | http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV | 
|  | If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware | 
|  | "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a | 
|  | saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable | 
|  | "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is | 
|  | 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is | 
|  | 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment. | 
|  | So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available" | 
|  | and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Pre-Boot Commands: | 
|  | CONFIG_PREBOOT | 
|  |  | 
|  | When this option is #defined, the existence of the | 
|  | environment variable "preboot" will be checked | 
|  | immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY | 
|  | countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp. | 
|  | entering interactive mode. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is | 
|  | automatically generated or modified. For an example | 
|  | see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is | 
|  | modified when the user holds down a certain | 
|  | combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when | 
|  | booting the systems | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Serial Download Echo Mode: | 
|  | CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO | 
|  | If defined to 1, all characters received during a | 
|  | serial download (using the "loads" command) are | 
|  | echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal | 
|  | emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take | 
|  | time on others. This setting #define's the initial | 
|  | value of the "loads_echo" environment variable. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined) | 
|  | CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE | 
|  | Select one of the baudrates listed in | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Monitor Functions: | 
|  | Monitor commands can be included or excluded | 
|  | from the build by using the #include files | 
|  | <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted | 
|  | commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h> | 
|  | and augmenting with additional #define's | 
|  | for wanted commands. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The default command configuration includes all commands | 
|  | except those marked below with a "*". | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_AES		  AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV	* ask for env variable | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_BDI		  bdinfo | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG	* Include BedBug Debugger | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_BMP		* BMP support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_BSP		* Board specific commands | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD	  bootd | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI	* ARM64 Linux kernel Image support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_CACHE	* icache, dcache | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_CLK   	* clock command support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE	  coninfo | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_CRC32	* crc32 | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_DATE		* support for RTC, date/time... | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_DHCP		* DHCP support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_DIAG		* Diagnostics | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510	* ds4510 I2C gpio commands | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO	* ds4510 I2C info command | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM	* ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST	* ds4510 I2C rst command | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_DTT		* Digital Therm and Thermostat | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_ECHO		  echo arguments | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV	  edit env variable | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM	* EEPROM read/write support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_ELF		* bootelf, bootvx | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK	* display details about env callbacks | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS	* display details about env flags | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS	* check existence of env variable | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV	* export the environment | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_EXT2		* ext2 command support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_EXT4		* ext4 command support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC	* filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls) | 
|  | that work for multiple fs types | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID	* Look up a filesystem UUID | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV	  saveenv | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_FDC		* Floppy Disk Support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_FAT		* FAT command support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_FLASH	  flinfo, erase, protect | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA		  FPGA device initialization support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_FUSE		* Device fuse support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME	* Get time since boot | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_GO		* the 'go' command (exec code) | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV	* search environment | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_HASH		* calculate hash / digest | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW	* RTS/CTS hw flow control | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_I2C		* I2C serial bus support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_IDE		* IDE harddisk support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_IMI		  iminfo | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_IMLS		  List all images found in NOR flash | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND	* List all images found in NAND flash | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP	* IMMR dump support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE	* I/O tracing for debugging | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV	* import an environment | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_INI		* import data from an ini file into the env | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_IRQ		* irqinfo | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_ITEST	  Integer/string test of 2 values | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2	* JFFS2 Support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_KGDB		* kgdb | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO	* ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader) | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL	* link-local IP address auto-configuration | 
|  | (169.254.*.*) | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_LOADB	  loadb | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_LOADS	  loads | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM	* print md5 message digest | 
|  | (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5) | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO	* Display detailed memory information | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY	  md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base, | 
|  | loop, loopw | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST	* mtest | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_MISC		  Misc functions like sleep etc | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_MMC		* MMC memory mapped support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_MII		* MII utility commands | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS	* MTD partition support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_NAND		* NAND support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_NET		  bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_NFS		  NFS support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X	* PCA953x I2C gpio commands | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_PCI		* pciinfo | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA		* PCMCIA support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_PING		* send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network | 
|  | host | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO	* Port I/O | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_READ		* Read raw data from partition | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO	* Register dump | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_RUN		  run command in env variable | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX	* sb command to access sandbox features | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_SAVES	* save S record dump | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_SCSI		* SCSI Support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM	* print SDRAM configuration information | 
|  | (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C) | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR	  Support for DCR Register access | 
|  | (4xx only) | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_SF		* Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM	* print sha1 memory digest | 
|  | (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH	* Soft switch setting command for BF60x | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE	  "source" command Support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_SPI		* SPI serial bus support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV	* TFTP transfer in server mode | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT	* TFTP put command (upload) | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_TIME		* run command and report execution time (ARM specific) | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_TIMER	* access to the system tick timer | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_USB		* USB support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_CDP		* Cisco Discover Protocol support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_MFSL		* Microblaze FSL support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_XIMG		  Load part of Multi Image | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_UUID		* Generate random UUID or GUID string | 
|  |  | 
|  | EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network | 
|  | support you can write: | 
|  |  | 
|  | #include "config_cmd_all.h" | 
|  | #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET | 
|  |  | 
|  | Other Commands: | 
|  | fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note:	Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands | 
|  | (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know | 
|  | what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data | 
|  | cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or | 
|  | 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be | 
|  | uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other | 
|  | systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an | 
|  | initial stack and some data. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | XXX - this list needs to get updated! | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Regular expression support: | 
|  | CONFIG_REGEX | 
|  | If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against | 
|  | the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library, | 
|  | which adds regex support to some commands, as for | 
|  | example "env grep" and "setexpr". | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Device tree: | 
|  | CONFIG_OF_CONTROL | 
|  | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree | 
|  | to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically | 
|  | compiled #defines in the board file. This option is | 
|  | experimental and only available on a few boards. The device | 
|  | tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob. | 
|  |  | 
|  | U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can | 
|  | be done using one of the two options below: | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_OF_EMBED | 
|  | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree | 
|  | binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the | 
|  | board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file | 
|  | is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through | 
|  | the global data structure as gd->blob. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE | 
|  | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree | 
|  | binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific | 
|  | code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by: | 
|  |  | 
|  | cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin | 
|  |  | 
|  | and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called | 
|  | u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can | 
|  | still use the individual files if you need something more | 
|  | exotic. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Watchdog: | 
|  | CONFIG_WATCHDOG | 
|  | If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog | 
|  | support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC | 
|  | specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260 | 
|  | CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR | 
|  | register.  When supported for a specific SoC is | 
|  | available, then no further board specific code should | 
|  | be needed to use it. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG | 
|  | When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used | 
|  | SoC, then define this variable and provide board | 
|  | specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT | 
|  | specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - U-Boot Version: | 
|  | CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE | 
|  | If this variable is defined, an environment variable | 
|  | named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot | 
|  | version as printed by the "version" command. | 
|  | Any change to this variable will be reverted at the | 
|  | next reset. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Real-Time Clock: | 
|  |  | 
|  | When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC | 
|  | has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the | 
|  | following options: | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx	- use internal RTC of MPC8xx | 
|  | CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563	- use Philips PCF8563 RTC | 
|  | CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX	- use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC | 
|  | CONFIG_RTC_MC146818	- use MC146818 RTC | 
|  | CONFIG_RTC_DS1307	- use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC | 
|  | CONFIG_RTC_DS1337	- use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC | 
|  | CONFIG_RTC_DS1338	- use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC | 
|  | CONFIG_RTC_DS1339	- use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC | 
|  | CONFIG_RTC_DS164x	- use Dallas DS164x RTC | 
|  | CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208	- use Intersil ISL1208 RTC | 
|  | CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900	- use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC	- Turn off the OSC output for DS1337 | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR	- enable trickle charger on | 
|  | RV3029 RTC. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface | 
|  | must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - GPIO Support: | 
|  | CONFIG_PCA953X		- use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO | 
|  |  | 
|  | The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of | 
|  | chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of | 
|  | pins supported by a particular chip. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface | 
|  | must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - I/O tracing: | 
|  | When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O | 
|  | accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out | 
|  | to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is | 
|  | useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that | 
|  | the driver behaves the same way before and after a code | 
|  | change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To | 
|  | add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>' | 
|  | to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below. | 
|  | Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will | 
|  | still continue to operate. | 
|  |  | 
|  | iotrace is enabled | 
|  | Start:  10000000	(buffer start address) | 
|  | Size:   00010000	(buffer size) | 
|  | Offset: 00000120	(current buffer offset) | 
|  | Output: 10000120	(start + offset) | 
|  | Count:  00000018	(number of trace records) | 
|  | CRC32:  9526fb66	(CRC32 of all trace records) | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Timestamp Support: | 
|  |  | 
|  | When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp | 
|  | (date and time) of an image is printed by image | 
|  | commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is | 
|  | automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE . | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported: | 
|  | Zero or more of the following: | 
|  | CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION   Apple's MacOS partition table. | 
|  | CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION   MS Dos partition table, traditional on the | 
|  | Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc. | 
|  | CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION   ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc. | 
|  | CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION   GPT partition table, common when EFI is the | 
|  | bootloader.  Note 2TB partition limit; see | 
|  | disk/part_efi.c | 
|  | CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS  Memory Technology Device partition table. | 
|  |  | 
|  | If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at | 
|  | least one non-MTD partition type as well. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - IDE Reset method: | 
|  | CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several | 
|  | board configurations files but used nowhere! | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will | 
|  | be performed by calling the function | 
|  | ide_set_reset(int reset) | 
|  | which has to be defined in a board specific file | 
|  |  | 
|  | - ATAPI Support: | 
|  | CONFIG_ATAPI | 
|  |  | 
|  | Set this to enable ATAPI support. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - LBA48 Support | 
|  | CONFIG_LBA48 | 
|  |  | 
|  | Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB | 
|  | Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA. | 
|  | Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only' | 
|  | support disks up to 2.1TB. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA: | 
|  | When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses. | 
|  | Default is 32bit. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - SCSI Support: | 
|  | At the moment only there is only support for the | 
|  | SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define | 
|  | CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID * | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the | 
|  | maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target | 
|  | devices. | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz) | 
|  |  | 
|  | The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of | 
|  | SCSI devices found during the last scan. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - NETWORK Support (PCI): | 
|  | CONFIG_E1000 | 
|  | Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_E1000_SPI | 
|  | Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x. | 
|  | This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one | 
|  | of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC | 
|  | Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for | 
|  | example with the "sspi" command. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_E1000 | 
|  | Management command for E1000 devices.  When used on devices | 
|  | with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC | 
|  | default MAC for empty EEPROM after production. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_EEPRO100 | 
|  | Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips. | 
|  | Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM | 
|  | write routine for first time initialisation. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_TULIP | 
|  | Support for Digital 2114x chips. | 
|  | Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific | 
|  | modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611). | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_NATSEMI | 
|  | Support for National dp83815 chips. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_NS8382X | 
|  | Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - NETWORK Support (other): | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC | 
|  | Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_RMII | 
|  | Define this to use reduced MII inteface | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET | 
|  | If this defined, the driver is quiet. | 
|  | The driver doen't show link status messages. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC | 
|  | Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_LAN91C96 | 
|  | Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE | 
|  | Define this to hold the physical address | 
|  | of the LAN91C96's I/O space | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT | 
|  | Define this to enable 32 bit addressing | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SMC91111 | 
|  | Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE | 
|  | Define this to hold the physical address | 
|  | of the device (I/O space) | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT | 
|  | Define this if data bus is 32 bits | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS | 
|  | Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros | 
|  | (some hardware wont work with macros) | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC | 
|  | Support for davinci emac | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT | 
|  | Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_FTGMAC100 | 
|  | Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA | 
|  | Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY. | 
|  | Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY. | 
|  | If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur | 
|  | wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or | 
|  | useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit | 
|  | control registers. This behavior won't affect the | 
|  | correctnessof 10/100 link speed update. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SMC911X | 
|  | Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE | 
|  | Define this to hold the physical address | 
|  | of the device (I/O space) | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT | 
|  | Define this if data bus is 32 bits | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT | 
|  | Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor | 
|  | automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit | 
|  | words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SH_ETHER | 
|  | Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT | 
|  | Define the number of ports to be used | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR | 
|  | Define the ETH PHY's address | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK | 
|  | If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - PWM Support: | 
|  | CONFIG_PWM_IMX | 
|  | Support for PWM modul on the imx6. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - TPM Support: | 
|  | CONFIG_TPM | 
|  | Support TPM devices. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C | 
|  | Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device | 
|  | per system is supported at this time. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER | 
|  | Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS | 
|  | Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION | 
|  | Define the burst count bytes upper limit | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI | 
|  | Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC | 
|  | Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device | 
|  | per system is supported at this time. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS | 
|  | Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped | 
|  | to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at | 
|  | 0xfed40000. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_TPM | 
|  | Add tpm monitor functions. | 
|  | Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also | 
|  | provides monitor access to authorized functions. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_TPM | 
|  | Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides | 
|  | functional interfaces to some TPM commands. | 
|  | Requires support for a TPM device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS | 
|  | Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library. | 
|  | Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - USB Support: | 
|  | At the moment only the UHCI host controller is | 
|  | supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define | 
|  | CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it. | 
|  | define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard | 
|  | and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB | 
|  | storage devices. | 
|  | Note: | 
|  | Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives | 
|  | (TEAC FD-05PUB). | 
|  | MPC5200 USB requires additional defines: | 
|  | CONFIG_USB_CLOCK | 
|  | for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb | 
|  | CONFIG_PSC3_USB | 
|  | for USB on PSC3 | 
|  | CONFIG_USB_CONFIG | 
|  | for differential drivers: 0x00001000 | 
|  | for single ended drivers: 0x00005000 | 
|  | for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100 | 
|  | for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100 | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL | 
|  | May be defined to allow interrupt polling | 
|  | instead of using asynchronous interrupts | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the | 
|  | txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2 | 
|  | HW module registers. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - USB Device: | 
|  | Define the below if you wish to use the USB console. | 
|  | Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the | 
|  | command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and | 
|  | attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print | 
|  | it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty | 
|  | can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to | 
|  | appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a | 
|  | Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device. | 
|  | If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate | 
|  | a Linux host by | 
|  | # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID | 
|  | else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment | 
|  | variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following | 
|  | might be defined in YourBoardName.h | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_USB_DEVICE | 
|  | Define this to build a UDC device | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_USB_TTY | 
|  | Define this to have a tty type of device available to | 
|  | talk to the UDC device | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_USBD_HS | 
|  | Define this to enable the high speed support for usb | 
|  | device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine | 
|  | int is_usbd_high_speed(void) | 
|  | also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll | 
|  | whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full | 
|  | speed. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV | 
|  | Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to | 
|  | be set to usbtty. | 
|  |  | 
|  | mpc8xx: | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH | 
|  | Derive USB clock from external clock "blah" | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02 | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH | 
|  | Derive USB clock from brgclk | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04 | 
|  |  | 
|  | If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to | 
|  | define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h | 
|  | or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define | 
|  | CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME, | 
|  | CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot | 
|  | should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER | 
|  | Define this string as the name of your company for | 
|  | - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company" | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME | 
|  | Define this string as the name of your product | 
|  | - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device" | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID | 
|  | Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB | 
|  | Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID | 
|  | to avoid polluting the USB namespace. | 
|  | - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID | 
|  | Define this as the unique Product ID | 
|  | for your device | 
|  | - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF | 
|  |  | 
|  | - ULPI Layer Support: | 
|  | The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via | 
|  | the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY | 
|  | via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and | 
|  | the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based | 
|  | viewport is supported. | 
|  | To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and | 
|  | CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file. | 
|  | If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the | 
|  | standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to | 
|  | the appropriate value in Hz. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - MMC Support: | 
|  | The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To | 
|  | enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be | 
|  | accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device | 
|  | to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is | 
|  | enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with | 
|  | the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF | 
|  | Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR | 
|  | Define the base address of MMCIF registers | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK | 
|  | Define the clock frequency for MMCIF | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC | 
|  | Enable the generic MMC driver | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT | 
|  | Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB | 
|  | Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the | 
|  | key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support: | 
|  | CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION | 
|  | This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_DFU | 
|  | This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have | 
|  | U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB.  This command | 
|  | requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be | 
|  | set and define the alt settings to expose to the host. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_DFU_MMC | 
|  | This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_DFU_NAND | 
|  | This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_DFU_RAM | 
|  | This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU. | 
|  | Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but | 
|  | allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage, | 
|  | one that would help mostly the developer. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE | 
|  | Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the | 
|  | raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer | 
|  | configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable | 
|  | through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE | 
|  | When updating files rather than the raw storage device, | 
|  | we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write | 
|  | the buffer once we've been given the whole file.  Define | 
|  | this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer. | 
|  | Default is 4 MiB if undefined. | 
|  |  | 
|  | DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT | 
|  | Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the | 
|  | host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending | 
|  | a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT | 
|  | Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when | 
|  | entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before | 
|  | sending again an USB request to the device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - USB Device Android Fastboot support: | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT | 
|  | This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android | 
|  | fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB | 
|  | protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control | 
|  | used on Android devices. | 
|  | See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE | 
|  | This enables support for booting images which use the Android | 
|  | image format header. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR | 
|  | The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for | 
|  | downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for | 
|  | downloaded images. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE | 
|  | The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for | 
|  | downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a | 
|  | platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH | 
|  | The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing | 
|  | the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define | 
|  | this to enable the "fastboot flash" command. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV | 
|  | The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information | 
|  | regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to | 
|  | the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME | 
|  | The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded | 
|  | image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition | 
|  | Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed | 
|  | to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.) | 
|  | This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the | 
|  | "fastboot flash" command line matches this value. | 
|  | Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Journaling Flash filesystem support: | 
|  | CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE, | 
|  | CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV | 
|  | Define these for a default partition on a NAND device | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR, | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS | 
|  | Define these for a default partition on a NOR device | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART | 
|  | Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a | 
|  | function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num) | 
|  |  | 
|  | If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to | 
|  | #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART	1 | 
|  | to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you | 
|  | have not defined a custom partition | 
|  |  | 
|  | - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support: | 
|  | CONFIG_FAT_WRITE | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a | 
|  | file in FAT formatted partition. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the | 
|  | user to write files to FAT. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_CBFS | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot | 
|  | filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls | 
|  | and cbfsload. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size: | 
|  | CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define the max cluster size for fat operations else | 
|  | a default value of 65536 will be defined. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Keyboard Support: | 
|  | CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard | 
|  | support | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_I8042_KBD | 
|  | Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and | 
|  | GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support. | 
|  | Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc | 
|  | for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB | 
|  | Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface. | 
|  | This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller | 
|  | which provides key scans on request. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Video support: | 
|  | CONFIG_VIDEO | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this to enable video support (for output to | 
|  | video). | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000 | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM | 
|  | Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The | 
|  | video output is selected via environment 'videoout' | 
|  | (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is | 
|  | assumed. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is | 
|  | selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways | 
|  | are possible: | 
|  | - "videomode=num"   'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers. | 
|  | Following standard modes are supported	(* is default): | 
|  |  | 
|  | Colors	640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024 | 
|  | -------------+--------------------------------------------- | 
|  | 8 bits |	0x301*	0x303	 0x305	  0x161	    0x307 | 
|  | 15 bits |	0x310	0x313	 0x316	  0x162	    0x319 | 
|  | 16 bits |	0x311	0x314	 0x317	  0x163	    0x31A | 
|  | 24 bits |	0x312	0x315	 0x318	    ?	    0x31B | 
|  | -------------+--------------------------------------------- | 
|  | (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;) | 
|  |  | 
|  | - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed | 
|  | from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c) | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806 | 
|  | Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp | 
|  | and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP | 
|  | or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB | 
|  | Enable the Freescale DIU video driver.	Reference boards for | 
|  | SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU | 
|  | support, and should also define these other macros: | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR | 
|  | CONFIG_VIDEO | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_BMP | 
|  | CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE | 
|  | CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR | 
|  | CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE | 
|  | CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO | 
|  | CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO | 
|  |  | 
|  | The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment | 
|  | variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during | 
|  | boot.  See the documentation file README.video for a | 
|  | description of this variable. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you | 
|  | are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer | 
|  | driver. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Keyboard Support: | 
|  | CONFIG_KEYBOARD | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this to enable a custom keyboard support. | 
|  | This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be | 
|  | defined in your board-specific files. | 
|  | The only board using this so far is RBC823. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - LCD Support:	CONFIG_LCD | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD | 
|  | display); also select one of the supported displays | 
|  | by defining one of these: | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD: | 
|  |  | 
|  | HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33: | 
|  |  | 
|  | NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20 | 
|  |  | 
|  | NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480. | 
|  | Active, color, single scan. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54 | 
|  |  | 
|  | NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480. | 
|  | Active, color, single scan. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SHARP_16x9 | 
|  |  | 
|  | Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan. | 
|  | It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341 | 
|  |  | 
|  | Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480. | 
|  | Active, color, single scan. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_HLD1045 | 
|  |  | 
|  | HLD1045 display, 640x480. | 
|  | Active, color, single scan. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_OPTREX_BW | 
|  |  | 
|  | Optrex	 CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5 | 
|  | or | 
|  | Hitachi	 LMG6912RPFC-00T | 
|  | or | 
|  | Hitachi	 SP14Q002 | 
|  |  | 
|  | 320x240. Black & white. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Normally display is black on white background; define | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT | 
|  |  | 
|  | Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is | 
|  | defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead. | 
|  | For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE | 
|  | here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on | 
|  | a per-section basis. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES | 
|  |  | 
|  | When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of | 
|  | lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes | 
|  | the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling | 
|  | is slow. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8 | 
|  |  | 
|  | Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_I2C_EDID | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID | 
|  | information over I2C from an attached LCD display. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN | 
|  |  | 
|  | If this option is set, the environment is checked for | 
|  | a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display | 
|  | of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD | 
|  | is suppressed and the BMP image at the address | 
|  | specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The | 
|  | console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This | 
|  | allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is | 
|  | loaded very quickly after power-on. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD | 
|  |  | 
|  | If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment | 
|  | variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address | 
|  | (see README.displaying-bmps). | 
|  | This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment | 
|  | restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data | 
|  | abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned | 
|  | accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them) | 
|  | there is no need to set this option. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN | 
|  |  | 
|  | If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned | 
|  | on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the | 
|  | position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as | 
|  | number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it | 
|  | is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also | 
|  | specify 'm' for centering the image. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example: | 
|  | setenv splashpos m,m | 
|  | => image at center of screen | 
|  |  | 
|  | setenv splashpos 30,20 | 
|  | => image at x = 30 and y = 20 | 
|  |  | 
|  | setenv splashpos -10,m | 
|  | => vertically centered image | 
|  | at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9 | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP | 
|  |  | 
|  | If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP | 
|  | images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the | 
|  | splashscreen support or the bmp command. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8 | 
|  |  | 
|  | If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images | 
|  | can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the | 
|  | bmp command. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Do compressing for memory range: | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_ZIP | 
|  |  | 
|  | If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method | 
|  | to compress the specified memory at its best effort. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Compression support: | 
|  | CONFIG_GZIP | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_BZIP2 | 
|  |  | 
|  | If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed | 
|  | images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip | 
|  | compressed images are supported. | 
|  |  | 
|  | NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so | 
|  | the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should | 
|  | be at least 4MB. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_LZMA | 
|  |  | 
|  | If this option is set, support for lzma compressed | 
|  | images is included. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it | 
|  | requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the | 
|  | formula: | 
|  |  | 
|  | (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16) | 
|  |  | 
|  | Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits | 
|  | and Literal pos bits. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway, | 
|  | for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a | 
|  | total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is | 
|  | a very small buffer. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and | 
|  | then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring | 
|  | the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value). | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_LZO | 
|  |  | 
|  | If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images | 
|  | is included. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - MII/PHY support: | 
|  | CONFIG_PHY_ADDR | 
|  |  | 
|  | The address of PHY on MII bus. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx) | 
|  |  | 
|  | The clock frequency of the MII bus | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_PHY_GIGE | 
|  |  | 
|  | If this option is set, support for speed/duplex | 
|  | detection of gigabit PHY is included. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY | 
|  |  | 
|  | Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after | 
|  | reset before any MII register access is possible. | 
|  | For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay | 
|  | required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A) | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx) | 
|  |  | 
|  | Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after | 
|  | command issued before MII status register can be read | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Ethernet address: | 
|  | CONFIG_ETHADDR | 
|  | CONFIG_ETH1ADDR | 
|  | CONFIG_ETH2ADDR | 
|  | CONFIG_ETH3ADDR | 
|  | CONFIG_ETH4ADDR | 
|  | CONFIG_ETH5ADDR | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define a default value for Ethernet address to use | 
|  | for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this | 
|  | is not determined automatically. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - IP address: | 
|  | CONFIG_IPADDR | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define a default value for the IP address to use for | 
|  | the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not | 
|  | determined through e.g. bootp. | 
|  | (Environment variable "ipaddr") | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Server IP address: | 
|  | CONFIG_SERVERIP | 
|  |  | 
|  | Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP | 
|  | server to contact when using the "tftboot" command. | 
|  | (Environment variable "serverip") | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR | 
|  |  | 
|  | Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr' | 
|  | for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option) | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Gateway IP address: | 
|  | CONFIG_GATEWAYIP | 
|  |  | 
|  | Defines a default value for the IP address of the | 
|  | default router where packets to other networks are | 
|  | sent to. | 
|  | (Environment variable "gatewayip") | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Subnet mask: | 
|  | CONFIG_NETMASK | 
|  |  | 
|  | Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or | 
|  | routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP | 
|  | address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be | 
|  | forwarded through a router. | 
|  | (Environment variable "netmask") | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Multicast TFTP Mode: | 
|  | CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP | 
|  |  | 
|  | Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per | 
|  | rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp.  Lets lots of targets | 
|  | tftp down the same boot image concurrently.  Note: the Ethernet | 
|  | driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a | 
|  | multicast group. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - BOOTP Recovery Mode: | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY | 
|  |  | 
|  | If you have many targets in a network that try to | 
|  | boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all | 
|  | systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same | 
|  | moment (which would happen for instance at recovery | 
|  | from a power failure, when all systems will try to | 
|  | boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be | 
|  | inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The | 
|  | following delays are inserted then: | 
|  |  | 
|  | 1st BOOTP request:	delay 0 ... 1 sec | 
|  | 2nd BOOTP request:	delay 0 ... 2 sec | 
|  | 3rd BOOTP request:	delay 0 ... 4 sec | 
|  | 4th and following | 
|  | BOOTP requests:		delay 0 ... 8 sec | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE | 
|  |  | 
|  | BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The | 
|  | server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and | 
|  | U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of | 
|  | an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses | 
|  | aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP | 
|  | ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to | 
|  | respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it | 
|  | takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that | 
|  | time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order | 
|  | to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these | 
|  | retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of | 
|  | IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this | 
|  | cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding | 
|  | requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers | 
|  | from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - DHCP Advanced Options: | 
|  | You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols: | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip | 
|  | environment variable, not the BOOTP server. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found | 
|  | after the configured retry count, the call will fail | 
|  | instead of starting over.  This can be used to fail over | 
|  | to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server | 
|  | is not available. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS | 
|  | serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more | 
|  | than one DNS serverip is offered to the client. | 
|  | If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS | 
|  | serverip will be stored in the additional environment | 
|  | variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always | 
|  | stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS | 
|  | is defined. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable | 
|  | to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they | 
|  | need the hostname of the DHCP requester. | 
|  | If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content | 
|  | of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as | 
|  | option 12 to the DHCP server. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY | 
|  |  | 
|  | A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between | 
|  | receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request". | 
|  | This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't | 
|  | respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an | 
|  | AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed | 
|  | to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003 | 
|  | DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at | 
|  | least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope | 
|  | that one of the retries will be successful but note that | 
|  | the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than | 
|  | this delay. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Link-local IP address negotiation: | 
|  | Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network | 
|  | for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration. | 
|  | This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed | 
|  | to exist in all environments that the device must operate. | 
|  |  | 
|  | See doc/README.link-local for more information. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CDP Options: | 
|  | CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID | 
|  |  | 
|  | The device id used in CDP trigger frames. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX | 
|  |  | 
|  | A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address | 
|  | of the device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID | 
|  |  | 
|  | A printf format string which contains the ascii name of | 
|  | the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets | 
|  | eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES | 
|  |  | 
|  | A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities; | 
|  | 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_CDP_VERSION | 
|  |  | 
|  | An ascii string containing the version of the software. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM | 
|  |  | 
|  | An ascii string containing the name of the platform. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER | 
|  |  | 
|  | A 32bit integer sent on the trigger. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION | 
|  |  | 
|  | A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the | 
|  | device in .1 of milliwatts. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE | 
|  |  | 
|  | A byte containing the id of the VLAN. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Status LED:	CONFIG_STATUS_LED | 
|  |  | 
|  | Several configurations allow to display the current | 
|  | status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink | 
|  | fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as | 
|  | soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and | 
|  | start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running | 
|  | (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux | 
|  | kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this | 
|  | feature in U-Boot. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Additional options: | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_GPIO_LED | 
|  | The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin. | 
|  | In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a | 
|  | status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED | 
|  | to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE | 
|  | Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which | 
|  | case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and | 
|  | GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state. | 
|  | In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined | 
|  | with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CAN Support:	CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER | 
|  |  | 
|  | Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support | 
|  | on those systems that support this (optional) | 
|  | feature, like the TQM8xxL modules. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - I2C Support:	CONFIG_SYS_I2C | 
|  |  | 
|  | This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use | 
|  | i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c | 
|  | based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See | 
|  | common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line | 
|  | interface. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ported i2c driver to the new framework: | 
|  | - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c: | 
|  | - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE | 
|  | for defining speed and slave address | 
|  | - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2 | 
|  | for defining speed and slave address | 
|  | - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3 | 
|  | for defining speed and slave address | 
|  | - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4 | 
|  | for defining speed and slave address | 
|  |  | 
|  | - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c: | 
|  | - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL | 
|  | define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register | 
|  | offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first | 
|  | bus. | 
|  | - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the | 
|  | second bus. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c: | 
|  | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA | 
|  | - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from | 
|  | 100000 and the slave addr 0! | 
|  |  | 
|  | - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c | 
|  | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1 | 
|  |  | 
|  | - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c | 
|  | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC | 
|  | - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED | 
|  | - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE | 
|  | - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED | 
|  | - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE | 
|  | - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED | 
|  | - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE | 
|  | If those defines are not set, default value is 100000 | 
|  | for speed, and 0 for slave. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c: | 
|  | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR | 
|  | - This driver adds 4 i2c buses | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3 | 
|  | - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses | 
|  |  | 
|  | - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c: | 
|  | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH | 
|  | - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses | 
|  |  | 
|  | - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c | 
|  | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4 | 
|  |  | 
|  | - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c | 
|  | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ | 
|  | - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting | 
|  | - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr | 
|  |  | 
|  | - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c: | 
|  | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0 | 
|  | - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420 | 
|  | 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung) | 
|  | with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0! | 
|  |  | 
|  | - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c | 
|  | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3 | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3 | 
|  |  | 
|  | additional defines: | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES | 
|  | Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you | 
|  | don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this | 
|  | is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can | 
|  | omit this define. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS | 
|  | define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware. | 
|  | if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can | 
|  | omit this define. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS | 
|  | define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected | 
|  | on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this | 
|  | define. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES | 
|  | hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example | 
|  | a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9: | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES	{{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ | 
|  | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \ | 
|  | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \ | 
|  | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \ | 
|  | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \ | 
|  | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \ | 
|  | {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ | 
|  | {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \ | 
|  | {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \ | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | which defines | 
|  | bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux | 
|  | bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1 | 
|  | bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2 | 
|  | bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3 | 
|  | bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4 | 
|  | bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5 | 
|  | bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux | 
|  | bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1 | 
|  | bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2 | 
|  |  | 
|  | If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Legacy I2C Support:	CONFIG_HARD_I2C | 
|  |  | 
|  | NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which | 
|  | provides the following compelling advantages: | 
|  |  | 
|  | - more than one i2c adapter is usable | 
|  | - approved multibus support | 
|  | - better i2c mux support | 
|  |  | 
|  | ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. ** | 
|  |  | 
|  | These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining | 
|  | CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver | 
|  | for the selected CPU. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot | 
|  | command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in | 
|  | CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime | 
|  | clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the | 
|  | command line interface. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller. | 
|  |  | 
|  | There are several other quantities that must also be | 
|  | defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C. | 
|  |  | 
|  | In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED | 
|  | to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus | 
|  | to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie | 
|  | the CPU's i2c node address). | 
|  |  | 
|  | Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx | 
|  | (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node | 
|  | and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See, | 
|  | eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX | 
|  |  | 
|  | When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer | 
|  | chips might think that the current transfer is still | 
|  | in progress.  Reset the slave devices by sending start | 
|  | commands until the slave device responds. | 
|  |  | 
|  | That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C. | 
|  |  | 
|  | If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT) | 
|  | then the following macros need to be defined (examples are | 
|  | from include/configs/lwmon.h): | 
|  |  | 
|  | I2C_INIT | 
|  |  | 
|  | (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C | 
|  | controller or configure ports. | 
|  |  | 
|  | eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |=	PB_SCL) | 
|  |  | 
|  | I2C_PORT | 
|  |  | 
|  | (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code | 
|  | assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values | 
|  | are 0..3 for ports A..D. | 
|  |  | 
|  | I2C_ACTIVE | 
|  |  | 
|  | The code necessary to make the I2C data line active | 
|  | (driven).  If the data line is open collector, this | 
|  | define can be null. | 
|  |  | 
|  | eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |=  PB_SDA) | 
|  |  | 
|  | I2C_TRISTATE | 
|  |  | 
|  | The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated | 
|  | (inactive).  If the data line is open collector, this | 
|  | define can be null. | 
|  |  | 
|  | eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA) | 
|  |  | 
|  | I2C_READ | 
|  |  | 
|  | Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high, | 
|  | false if it is low. | 
|  |  | 
|  | eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0) | 
|  |  | 
|  | I2C_SDA(bit) | 
|  |  | 
|  | If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it | 
|  | is false, it clears it (low). | 
|  |  | 
|  | eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \ | 
|  | if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |=  PB_SDA; \ | 
|  | else	immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA | 
|  |  | 
|  | I2C_SCL(bit) | 
|  |  | 
|  | If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it | 
|  | is false, it clears it (low). | 
|  |  | 
|  | eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \ | 
|  | if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |=  PB_SCL; \ | 
|  | else	immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL | 
|  |  | 
|  | I2C_DELAY | 
|  |  | 
|  | This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this | 
|  | controls the rate of data transfer.  The data rate thus | 
|  | is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something | 
|  | like: | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define I2C_DELAY  udelay(2) | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA | 
|  |  | 
|  | If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h), | 
|  | then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be | 
|  | used as SCL / SDA.  Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will | 
|  | have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate. | 
|  |  | 
|  | You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to | 
|  | the generic GPIO functions. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD | 
|  |  | 
|  | When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer | 
|  | chips might think that the current transfer is still | 
|  | in progress. On some boards it is possible to access | 
|  | the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the | 
|  | processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin | 
|  | connected to the bus. If this option is defined a | 
|  | custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c | 
|  | is run early in the boot sequence. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT | 
|  |  | 
|  | An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is | 
|  | defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in | 
|  | boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init() | 
|  | is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus | 
|  | using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c | 
|  | controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of | 
|  | i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus | 
|  | controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address). | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) | 
|  |  | 
|  | This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags | 
|  | in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment | 
|  | variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast) | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS | 
|  |  | 
|  | This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which | 
|  | must have a controller.	 At any point in time, only one bus is | 
|  | active.	 To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command. | 
|  | Note that bus numbering is zero-based. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES | 
|  |  | 
|  | This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped | 
|  | when the 'i2c probe' command is issued.	 If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS | 
|  | is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs.  Otherwise, specify | 
|  | a 1D array of device addresses | 
|  |  | 
|  | e.g. | 
|  | #undef	CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS | 
|  | #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68} | 
|  |  | 
|  | will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS | 
|  | #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES	{{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}} | 
|  |  | 
|  | will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1 | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM | 
|  |  | 
|  | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD. | 
|  | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM | 
|  |  | 
|  | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC. | 
|  | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM | 
|  |  | 
|  | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT. | 
|  | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR: | 
|  |  | 
|  | If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device. | 
|  | If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for | 
|  | specified DTT device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START | 
|  |  | 
|  | defining this will force the i2c_read() function in | 
|  | the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start | 
|  | between writing the address pointer and reading the | 
|  | data.  If this define is omitted the default behaviour | 
|  | of doing a stop-start sequence will be used.  Most I2C | 
|  | devices can use either method, but some require one or | 
|  | the other. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - SPI Support:	CONFIG_SPI | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with | 
|  | SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and | 
|  | D/As on the SACSng board) | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SH_SPI | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently | 
|  | only SH7757 is supported. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPI_X | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing. | 
|  | (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X) | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SOFT_SPI | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than | 
|  | using hardware support. This is a general purpose | 
|  | driver that only requires three general I/O port pins | 
|  | (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is | 
|  | defined, the board configuration must define several | 
|  | SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For | 
|  | an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_HARD_SPI | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads | 
|  | and writes.  As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration | 
|  | must define a list of chip-select function pointers. | 
|  | Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors.	 For an | 
|  | example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_MXC_SPI | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC | 
|  | SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT | 
|  | Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed. | 
|  | default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100)     /* 10 ms */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enables FPGA subsystem. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor> | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enables support for specific chip vendors. | 
|  | (ALTERA, XILINX) | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_FPGA_<family> | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enables support for FPGA family. | 
|  | (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX) | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT | 
|  |  | 
|  | Specify the number of FPGA devices to support. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enable support for fpga loadmk command | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream | 
|  | (Xilinx only) | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy | 
|  | status by the configuration function. This option | 
|  | will require a board or device specific function to | 
|  | be written. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY | 
|  |  | 
|  | If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA | 
|  | configuration driver. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC | 
|  | Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR | 
|  |  | 
|  | Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile | 
|  | loading. For example, abort during Virtex II | 
|  | configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which | 
|  | indicated a CRC error). | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT | 
|  |  | 
|  | Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert | 
|  | after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II | 
|  | FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500 | 
|  | ms. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY | 
|  |  | 
|  | Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during | 
|  | Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG | 
|  |  | 
|  | Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is | 
|  | 200 ms. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Configuration Management: | 
|  | CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET | 
|  |  | 
|  | Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary | 
|  | with a special header) as build targets. By defining | 
|  | CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this | 
|  | special image will be automatically built upon calling | 
|  | make / MAKEALL. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_IDENT_STRING | 
|  |  | 
|  | If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot | 
|  | version information (U_BOOT_VERSION) | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Vendor Parameter Protection: | 
|  |  | 
|  | U-Boot considers the values of the environment | 
|  | variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and | 
|  | "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that | 
|  | are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and | 
|  | protects these variables from casual modification by | 
|  | the user. Once set, these variables are read-only, | 
|  | and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can | 
|  | change this behaviour: | 
|  |  | 
|  | If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config | 
|  | file, the write protection for vendor parameters is | 
|  | completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete | 
|  | these parameters. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR | 
|  | _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default | 
|  | Ethernet address is installed in the environment, | 
|  | which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The | 
|  | serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains | 
|  | read-only.] | 
|  |  | 
|  | The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way | 
|  | for any variable by configuring the type of access | 
|  | to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable | 
|  | or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Protected RAM: | 
|  | CONFIG_PRAM | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this variable to enable the reservation of | 
|  | "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten | 
|  | by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of | 
|  | kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite | 
|  | this default value by defining an environment | 
|  | variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to | 
|  | reserve. Note that the board info structure will | 
|  | still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is | 
|  | reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will | 
|  | automatically be defined to hold the amount of | 
|  | remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot | 
|  | argument to Linux, for instance like that: | 
|  |  | 
|  | setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem} | 
|  | saveenv | 
|  |  | 
|  | This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory, | 
|  | either, which results in a memory region that will | 
|  | not be affected by reboots. | 
|  |  | 
|  | *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic | 
|  | detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that | 
|  | this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the | 
|  | following board configurations are known to be | 
|  | "pRAM-clean": | 
|  |  | 
|  | IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL, | 
|  | HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, | 
|  | FLAGADM, TQM8260 | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB) | 
|  | Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not | 
|  | normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures | 
|  | support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit | 
|  | machines using physical address extension or similar. | 
|  | Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which | 
|  | currently only supports clearing the memory. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Error Recovery: | 
|  | CONFIG_PANIC_HANG | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this variable to stop the system in case of a | 
|  | fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually. | 
|  | This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded | 
|  | system where you want the system to reboot | 
|  | automatically as fast as possible, but it may be | 
|  | useful during development since you can try to debug | 
|  | the conditions that lead to the situation. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT | 
|  |  | 
|  | This variable defines the number of retries for | 
|  | network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP | 
|  | before giving up the operation. If not defined, a | 
|  | default value of 5 is used. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT | 
|  |  | 
|  | Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT | 
|  |  | 
|  | Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol. | 
|  | If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command, | 
|  | try longer timeout such as | 
|  | #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Command Interpreter: | 
|  | CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enable auto completion of commands using TAB. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2 | 
|  |  | 
|  | This defines the secondary prompt string, which is | 
|  | printed when the command interpreter needs more input | 
|  | to complete a command. Usually "> ". | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note: | 
|  |  | 
|  | In the current implementation, the local variables | 
|  | space and global environment variables space are | 
|  | separated. Local variables are those you define by | 
|  | simply typing `name=value'. To access a local | 
|  | variable later on, you have write `$name' or | 
|  | `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable | 
|  | directly type `$name' at the command prompt. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Global environment variables are those you use | 
|  | setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored | 
|  | in such a variable, you need to use the run command, | 
|  | and you must not use the '$' sign to access them. | 
|  |  | 
|  | To store commands and special characters in a | 
|  | variable, please use double quotation marks | 
|  | surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead | 
|  | of the backslashes before semicolons and special | 
|  | symbols. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Command Line Editing and History: | 
|  | CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enable editing and History functions for interactive | 
|  | command line input operations | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Default Environment: | 
|  | CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this to contain any number of null terminated | 
|  | strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of | 
|  | the default environment compiled into the boot image. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For example, place something like this in your | 
|  | board's config file: | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \ | 
|  | "myvar1=value1\0" \ | 
|  | "myvar2=value2\0" | 
|  |  | 
|  | Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the | 
|  | internal format how the environment is stored by the | 
|  | U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported | 
|  | interface! Although it is unlikely that this format | 
|  | will change soon, there is no guarantee either. | 
|  | You better know what you are doing here. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is | 
|  | discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset | 
|  | the environment like the "source" command or the | 
|  | boot command first. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this in order to add variables describing the | 
|  | U-Boot build configuration to the default environment. | 
|  | These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined: | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_CPU | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_SOC | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this in order to add variables describing certain | 
|  | run-time determined information about the hardware to the | 
|  | environment.  These will be named board_name, board_rev. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT | 
|  |  | 
|  | Normally the environment is loaded when the board is | 
|  | initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits | 
|  | that so that the environment is not available until | 
|  | explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL | 
|  | this is instead controlled by the value of | 
|  | /config/load-environment. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - DataFlash Support: | 
|  | CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH | 
|  |  | 
|  | Defining this option enables DataFlash features and | 
|  | allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard | 
|  | commands cp, md... | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Serial Flash support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_SF | 
|  |  | 
|  | Defining this option enables SPI flash commands | 
|  | 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial | 
|  | flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update | 
|  | commands. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The following defaults may be provided by the platform | 
|  | to handle the common case when only a single serial | 
|  | flash is present on the system. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS		Bus identifier | 
|  | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS		Chip-select | 
|  | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE 		(see include/spi.h) | 
|  | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED		in Hz | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash | 
|  | test ('sf test'). | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR		Ban/Extended Addr Reg | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr | 
|  | support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH		Dual flash memories | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash | 
|  | memories can be connected with a given cs line. | 
|  | Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_SPI_ST_ENABLE_WP_PIN | 
|  | enable the W#/Vpp signal to disable writing to the status | 
|  | register on ST MICRON flashes like the N25Q128. | 
|  | The status register write enable/disable bit, combined with | 
|  | the W#/VPP signal provides hardware data protection for the | 
|  | device as follows: When the enable/disable bit is set to 1, | 
|  | and the W#/VPP signal is driven LOW, the status register | 
|  | nonvolatile bits become read-only and the WRITE STATUS REGISTER | 
|  | operation will not execute. The only way to exit this | 
|  | hardware-protected mode is to drive W#/VPP HIGH. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - SystemACE Support: | 
|  | CONFIG_SYSTEMACE | 
|  |  | 
|  | Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE | 
|  | chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address | 
|  | of the chip must also be defined in the | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example: | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE | 
|  | #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000 | 
|  |  | 
|  | When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type | 
|  | becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - TFTP Fixed UDP Port: | 
|  | CONFIG_TFTP_PORT | 
|  |  | 
|  | If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp | 
|  | is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value. | 
|  | If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port | 
|  | number generator is used. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply | 
|  | the TFTP UDP destination port value.  If tftpdstp isn't | 
|  | defined, the normal port 69 is used. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to | 
|  | blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured | 
|  | target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of | 
|  | "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing | 
|  | the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally. | 
|  | A better solution is to properly configure the firewall, | 
|  | but sometimes that is not allowed. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Hashing support: | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_HASH | 
|  |  | 
|  | This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce | 
|  | hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256). | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code | 
|  | size a little. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1 | 
|  | algorithm. The hash is calculated in software. | 
|  | CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using | 
|  | SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software. | 
|  | CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration | 
|  | for SHA1/SHA256 hashing. | 
|  | This affects the 'hash' command and also the | 
|  | hash_lookup_algo() function. | 
|  | CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables | 
|  | hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing. | 
|  | Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing | 
|  | is performed in hardware. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps | 
|  | be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Freescale i.MX specific commands: | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT | 
|  | This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an | 
|  | HDMI monitor is detected.  This command is i.MX 6 specific. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_BMODE | 
|  | This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing | 
|  | a boot from specific media. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to | 
|  | activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating | 
|  | on U-Boot.  Using the reset button or running bmode normal | 
|  | will set it back to normal.  This command currently | 
|  | supports i.MX53 and i.MX6. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Signing support: | 
|  | CONFIG_RSA | 
|  |  | 
|  | This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification | 
|  | in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The Modular Exponentiation algorithm in RSA is implemented using | 
|  | driver model. So CONFIG_DM needs to be enabled by default for this | 
|  | library to function. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this | 
|  | option. The software based modular exponentiation is built into | 
|  | mkimage irrespective of this option. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - bootcount support: | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT | 
|  |  | 
|  | This enables the bootcounter support, see: | 
|  | http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE | 
|  | enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards. | 
|  | CONFIG_BLACKFIN | 
|  | enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards. | 
|  | CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX | 
|  | enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards. | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM | 
|  | enable support for the bootcounter in RAM | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C | 
|  | enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device. | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for | 
|  | the bootcounter. | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Show boot progress: | 
|  | CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS | 
|  |  | 
|  | Defining this option allows to add some board- | 
|  | specific code (calling a user-provided function | 
|  | "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show | 
|  | the system's boot progress on some display (for | 
|  | example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment, | 
|  | the following checkpoints are implemented: | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Detailed boot stage timing | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE | 
|  | Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage | 
|  | of the boot process. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT | 
|  | This is the number of available user bootstage records. | 
|  | Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...) | 
|  | a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed | 
|  | the limit, recording will stop. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT | 
|  | Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Timer summary in microseconds: | 
|  | Mark    Elapsed  Stage | 
|  | 0          0  reset | 
|  | 3,575,678  3,575,678  board_init_f start | 
|  | 3,575,695         17  arch_cpu_init A9 | 
|  | 3,575,777         82  arch_cpu_init done | 
|  | 3,659,598     83,821  board_init_r start | 
|  | 3,910,375    250,777  main_loop | 
|  | 29,916,167 26,005,792  bootm_start | 
|  | 30,361,327    445,160  start_kernel | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE | 
|  | Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report | 
|  | and un/stashing of bootstage data. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT | 
|  | Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage' | 
|  | node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child | 
|  | has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the | 
|  | mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the | 
|  | accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds. | 
|  | For example: | 
|  |  | 
|  | bootstage { | 
|  | 154 { | 
|  | name = "board_init_f"; | 
|  | mark = <3575678>; | 
|  | }; | 
|  | 170 { | 
|  | name = "lcd"; | 
|  | accum = <33482>; | 
|  | }; | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Legacy uImage format: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Arg	Where			When | 
|  | 1	common/cmd_bootm.c	before attempting to boot an image | 
|  | -1	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image header has bad	 magic number | 
|  | 2	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image header has correct magic number | 
|  | -2	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image header has bad	 checksum | 
|  | 3	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image header has correct checksum | 
|  | -3	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image data   has bad	 checksum | 
|  | 4	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image data   has correct checksum | 
|  | -4	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image is for unsupported architecture | 
|  | 5	common/cmd_bootm.c	Architecture check OK | 
|  | -5	common/cmd_bootm.c	Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi) | 
|  | 6	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image Type check OK | 
|  | -6	common/cmd_bootm.c	gunzip uncompression error | 
|  | -7	common/cmd_bootm.c	Unimplemented compression type | 
|  | 7	common/cmd_bootm.c	Uncompression OK | 
|  | 8	common/cmd_bootm.c	No uncompress/copy overwrite error | 
|  | -9	common/cmd_bootm.c	Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX) | 
|  |  | 
|  | 9	common/image.c		Start initial ramdisk verification | 
|  | -10	common/image.c		Ramdisk header has bad	   magic number | 
|  | -11	common/image.c		Ramdisk header has bad	   checksum | 
|  | 10	common/image.c		Ramdisk header is OK | 
|  | -12	common/image.c		Ramdisk data   has bad	   checksum | 
|  | 11	common/image.c		Ramdisk data   has correct checksum | 
|  | 12	common/image.c		Ramdisk verification complete, start loading | 
|  | -13	common/image.c		Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk) | 
|  | 13	common/image.c		Start multifile image verification | 
|  | 14	common/image.c		No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue. | 
|  |  | 
|  | 15	arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS | 
|  |  | 
|  | -30	arch/powerpc/lib/board.c	Fatal error, hang the system | 
|  | -31	post/post.c		POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog() | 
|  | -32	post/post.c		POST test failed, detected by post_run_single() | 
|  |  | 
|  | 34	common/cmd_doc.c	before loading a Image from a DOC device | 
|  | -35	common/cmd_doc.c	Bad usage of "doc" command | 
|  | 35	common/cmd_doc.c	correct usage of "doc" command | 
|  | -36	common/cmd_doc.c	No boot device | 
|  | 36	common/cmd_doc.c	correct boot device | 
|  | -37	common/cmd_doc.c	Unknown Chip ID on boot device | 
|  | 37	common/cmd_doc.c	correct chip ID found, device available | 
|  | -38	common/cmd_doc.c	Read Error on boot device | 
|  | 38	common/cmd_doc.c	reading Image header from DOC device OK | 
|  | -39	common/cmd_doc.c	Image header has bad magic number | 
|  | 39	common/cmd_doc.c	Image header has correct magic number | 
|  | -40	common/cmd_doc.c	Error reading Image from DOC device | 
|  | 40	common/cmd_doc.c	Image header has correct magic number | 
|  | 41	common/cmd_ide.c	before loading a Image from a IDE device | 
|  | -42	common/cmd_ide.c	Bad usage of "ide" command | 
|  | 42	common/cmd_ide.c	correct usage of "ide" command | 
|  | -43	common/cmd_ide.c	No boot device | 
|  | 43	common/cmd_ide.c	boot device found | 
|  | -44	common/cmd_ide.c	Device not available | 
|  | 44	common/cmd_ide.c	Device available | 
|  | -45	common/cmd_ide.c	wrong partition selected | 
|  | 45	common/cmd_ide.c	partition selected | 
|  | -46	common/cmd_ide.c	Unknown partition table | 
|  | 46	common/cmd_ide.c	valid partition table found | 
|  | -47	common/cmd_ide.c	Invalid partition type | 
|  | 47	common/cmd_ide.c	correct partition type | 
|  | -48	common/cmd_ide.c	Error reading Image Header on boot device | 
|  | 48	common/cmd_ide.c	reading Image Header from IDE device OK | 
|  | -49	common/cmd_ide.c	Image header has bad magic number | 
|  | 49	common/cmd_ide.c	Image header has correct magic number | 
|  | -50	common/cmd_ide.c	Image header has bad	 checksum | 
|  | 50	common/cmd_ide.c	Image header has correct checksum | 
|  | -51	common/cmd_ide.c	Error reading Image from IDE device | 
|  | 51	common/cmd_ide.c	reading Image from IDE device OK | 
|  | 52	common/cmd_nand.c	before loading a Image from a NAND device | 
|  | -53	common/cmd_nand.c	Bad usage of "nand" command | 
|  | 53	common/cmd_nand.c	correct usage of "nand" command | 
|  | -54	common/cmd_nand.c	No boot device | 
|  | 54	common/cmd_nand.c	boot device found | 
|  | -55	common/cmd_nand.c	Unknown Chip ID on boot device | 
|  | 55	common/cmd_nand.c	correct chip ID found, device available | 
|  | -56	common/cmd_nand.c	Error reading Image Header on boot device | 
|  | 56	common/cmd_nand.c	reading Image Header from NAND device OK | 
|  | -57	common/cmd_nand.c	Image header has bad magic number | 
|  | 57	common/cmd_nand.c	Image header has correct magic number | 
|  | -58	common/cmd_nand.c	Error reading Image from NAND device | 
|  | 58	common/cmd_nand.c	reading Image from NAND device OK | 
|  |  | 
|  | -60	common/env_common.c	Environment has a bad CRC, using default | 
|  |  | 
|  | 64	net/eth.c		starting with Ethernet configuration. | 
|  | -64	net/eth.c		no Ethernet found. | 
|  | 65	net/eth.c		Ethernet found. | 
|  |  | 
|  | -80	common/cmd_net.c	usage wrong | 
|  | 80	common/cmd_net.c	before calling NetLoop() | 
|  | -81	common/cmd_net.c	some error in NetLoop() occurred | 
|  | 81	common/cmd_net.c	NetLoop() back without error | 
|  | -82	common/cmd_net.c	size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded) | 
|  | 82	common/cmd_net.c	trying automatic boot | 
|  | 83	common/cmd_net.c	running "source" command | 
|  | -83	common/cmd_net.c	some error in automatic boot or "source" command | 
|  | 84	common/cmd_net.c	end without errors | 
|  |  | 
|  | FIT uImage format: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Arg	Where			When | 
|  | 100	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel FIT Image has correct format | 
|  | -100	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format | 
|  | 101	common/cmd_bootm.c	No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration | 
|  | -101	common/cmd_bootm.c	Can't get configuration for kernel subimage | 
|  | 102	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel unit name specified | 
|  | -103	common/cmd_bootm.c	Can't get kernel subimage node offset | 
|  | 103	common/cmd_bootm.c	Found configuration node | 
|  | 104	common/cmd_bootm.c	Got kernel subimage node offset | 
|  | -104	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel subimage hash verification failed | 
|  | 105	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel subimage hash verification OK | 
|  | -105	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture | 
|  | 106	common/cmd_bootm.c	Architecture check OK | 
|  | -106	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel subimage has wrong type | 
|  | 107	common/cmd_bootm.c	Kernel subimage type OK | 
|  | -107	common/cmd_bootm.c	Can't get kernel subimage data/size | 
|  | 108	common/cmd_bootm.c	Got kernel subimage data/size | 
|  | -108	common/cmd_bootm.c	Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT) | 
|  | -109	common/cmd_bootm.c	Can't get kernel subimage type | 
|  | -110	common/cmd_bootm.c	Can't get kernel subimage comp | 
|  | -111	common/cmd_bootm.c	Can't get kernel subimage os | 
|  | -112	common/cmd_bootm.c	Can't get kernel subimage load address | 
|  | -113	common/cmd_bootm.c	Image uncompress/copy overwrite error | 
|  |  | 
|  | 120	common/image.c		Start initial ramdisk verification | 
|  | -120	common/image.c		Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format | 
|  | 121	common/image.c		Ramdisk FIT image has correct format | 
|  | 122	common/image.c		No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration | 
|  | -122	common/image.c		Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage | 
|  | 123	common/image.c		Ramdisk unit name specified | 
|  | -124	common/image.c		Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset | 
|  | 125	common/image.c		Got ramdisk subimage node offset | 
|  | -125	common/image.c		Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed | 
|  | 126	common/image.c		Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK | 
|  | -126	common/image.c		Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture | 
|  | 127	common/image.c		Architecture check OK | 
|  | -127	common/image.c		Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size | 
|  | 128	common/image.c		Got ramdisk subimage data/size | 
|  | 129	common/image.c		Can't get ramdisk load address | 
|  | -129	common/image.c		Got ramdisk load address | 
|  |  | 
|  | -130	common/cmd_doc.c	Incorrect FIT image format | 
|  | 131	common/cmd_doc.c	FIT image format OK | 
|  |  | 
|  | -140	common/cmd_ide.c	Incorrect FIT image format | 
|  | 141	common/cmd_ide.c	FIT image format OK | 
|  |  | 
|  | -150	common/cmd_nand.c	Incorrect FIT image format | 
|  | 151	common/cmd_nand.c	FIT image format OK | 
|  |  | 
|  | - legacy image format: | 
|  | CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY | 
|  | enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Default: | 
|  | enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY | 
|  | disable the legacy image format | 
|  |  | 
|  | This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is | 
|  | enabled per default for backward compatibility. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - FIT image support: | 
|  | CONFIG_FIT | 
|  | Enable support for the FIT uImage format. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH | 
|  | When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the | 
|  | one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of | 
|  | U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the | 
|  | most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node. | 
|  | The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE | 
|  | This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages, | 
|  | using a hash signed and verified using RSA. If | 
|  | CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL is defined, i.e support for progressive | 
|  | hashing is available using hardware, RSA library will use it. | 
|  | See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details. | 
|  |  | 
|  | WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required | 
|  | signature check the legacy image format is default | 
|  | disabled. If a board need legacy image format support | 
|  | enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256 | 
|  | Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size. | 
|  | For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled | 
|  | with this option. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Standalone program support: | 
|  | CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR | 
|  |  | 
|  | This option defines a board specific value for the | 
|  | address where standalone program gets loaded, thus | 
|  | overwriting the architecture dependent default | 
|  | settings. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Frame Buffer Address: | 
|  | CONFIG_FB_ADDR | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific | 
|  | address for frame buffer.  This is typically the case | 
|  | when using a graphics controller has separate video | 
|  | memory.  U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at | 
|  | the given address instead of dynamically reserving it | 
|  | in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs | 
|  | the memory for the frame buffer depending on the | 
|  | configured panel size. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Please see board_init_f function. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Automatic software updates via TFTP server | 
|  | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP | 
|  | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX | 
|  | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX | 
|  |  | 
|  | These options enable and control the auto-update feature; | 
|  | for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support) | 
|  | CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE | 
|  |  | 
|  | Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel. | 
|  | Needed for mtdparts command support. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS | 
|  |  | 
|  | Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux | 
|  | kernel. Needed for UBI support. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - UBI support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_UBI | 
|  |  | 
|  | Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted | 
|  | with the UBI flash translation layer | 
|  |  | 
|  | Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG | 
|  |  | 
|  | Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing.  This leaves | 
|  | warnings and errors enabled. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD | 
|  | This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest | 
|  | erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks | 
|  | of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing | 
|  | wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase | 
|  | counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and | 
|  | other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more. | 
|  | However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock | 
|  | life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g., | 
|  | to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2). | 
|  |  | 
|  | default: 4096 | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT | 
|  | This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI | 
|  | expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the | 
|  | underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR | 
|  | flash), this value is ignored. | 
|  |  | 
|  | NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM | 
|  | (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime. | 
|  | The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks | 
|  | then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)", | 
|  | which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total | 
|  | count of eraseblocks on the chip). | 
|  |  | 
|  | To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to | 
|  | reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks | 
|  | handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire | 
|  | NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means | 
|  | that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad | 
|  | eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same | 
|  | size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a | 
|  | partition. | 
|  |  | 
|  | default: 20 | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP | 
|  | Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device | 
|  | in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it | 
|  | only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device. | 
|  | The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach | 
|  | the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where | 
|  | attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install | 
|  | a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter | 
|  | CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note | 
|  | that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations | 
|  | without	fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap | 
|  | fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT | 
|  | Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images | 
|  | without a fastmap. | 
|  | default: 0 | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG | 
|  | Enable UBI fastmap debug | 
|  | default: 0 | 
|  |  | 
|  | - UBIFS support | 
|  | CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS | 
|  |  | 
|  | Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as | 
|  | UBIFS.  UBIFS is read-only in u-boot. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG | 
|  |  | 
|  | Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing.  This leaves | 
|  | warnings and errors enabled. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - SPL framework | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL | 
|  | Enable building of SPL globally. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT | 
|  | LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT | 
|  | Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included. | 
|  | When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory | 
|  | used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it. | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE | 
|  | must not be both defined at the same time. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE | 
|  | Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and | 
|  | linker lists sections), BSS excluded. | 
|  | When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does | 
|  | not exceed it. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE | 
|  | TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE | 
|  | Address to relocate to.  If unspecified, this is equal to | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done). | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR | 
|  | Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE | 
|  | Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS. | 
|  | When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used | 
|  | by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it. | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE | 
|  | must not be both defined at the same time. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_STACK | 
|  | Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE | 
|  | When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has | 
|  | loaded does not have a signature. | 
|  | Defining this is useful when code which loads images | 
|  | in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors | 
|  | will be caught. | 
|  | An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will | 
|  | consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad, | 
|  | and thus should be skipped silently. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK | 
|  | Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after | 
|  | relocation.  If unspecified, this is equal to | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_STACK. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START | 
|  | Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE | 
|  | The size of the malloc pool used in SPL. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK | 
|  | Enable the SPL framework under common/.  This framework | 
|  | supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND | 
|  | NAND loading of the Linux Kernel. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT | 
|  | Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL. | 
|  | See also: doc/README.falcon | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT | 
|  | For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information | 
|  | about the running system. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL | 
|  | Arch init code should be built for a very small image | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT | 
|  | Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT | 
|  | Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT | 
|  | Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT | 
|  | Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT | 
|  | Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR, | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS, | 
|  | Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from | 
|  | when the MMC is being used in raw mode. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION | 
|  | Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being | 
|  | used in raw mode | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR | 
|  | Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being | 
|  | used in raw mode (for Falcon mode) | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR, | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS | 
|  | Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument | 
|  | parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode | 
|  | (for falcon mode) | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION | 
|  | Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being | 
|  | used in fs mode | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT | 
|  | Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT | 
|  | Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME | 
|  | Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME | 
|  | Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading | 
|  | from filesystem (for Falcon mode) | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME | 
|  | Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters | 
|  | when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode) | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND | 
|  | Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that | 
|  | start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before | 
|  | continuing (the hardware starts execution after just | 
|  | loading the first page rather than the full 4K). | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE | 
|  | Avoid SPL relocation | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE | 
|  | Include nand_base.c in the SPL.  Requires | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS | 
|  | SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC | 
|  | Include standard software ECC in the SPL | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE | 
|  | Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that | 
|  | expose the cmd_ctrl() interface. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT | 
|  | Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL.  Useful for | 
|  | environment on NAND support within SPL. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY | 
|  | Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only | 
|  | if you need to save space. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT | 
|  | Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for | 
|  | drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR | 
|  | Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in | 
|  | SPL binary. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT, | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE, | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS, | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE, | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES | 
|  | Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses | 
|  | to read U-Boot | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT | 
|  | Add support NAND boot | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS | 
|  | Location in NAND to read U-Boot from | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST | 
|  | Location in memory to load U-Boot to | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE | 
|  | Size of image to load | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START | 
|  | Entry point in loaded image to jump to | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST | 
|  | Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the | 
|  | data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND | 
|  | Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the | 
|  | ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT | 
|  | Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT | 
|  | Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT | 
|  | Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE | 
|  | Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT | 
|  | Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT | 
|  | Support for the environment operating in SPL binary | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT | 
|  | Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary. | 
|  | It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by | 
|  | CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO | 
|  | Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending | 
|  | the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL | 
|  | payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_TARGET | 
|  | Final target image containing SPL and payload.  Some SPLs | 
|  | use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for | 
|  | example if more than one image needs to be produced. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT | 
|  | Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of | 
|  | code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this | 
|  | option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the | 
|  | bootm command when booting a FIT image. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - TPL framework | 
|  | CONFIG_TPL | 
|  | Enable building of TPL globally. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO | 
|  | Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending | 
|  | the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. | 
|  | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL | 
|  | payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Modem Support: | 
|  | -------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | [so far only for SMDK2400 boards] | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Modem support enable: | 
|  | CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT | 
|  |  | 
|  | - RTS/CTS Flow control enable: | 
|  | CONFIG_HWFLOW | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Modem debug support: | 
|  | CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg()) | 
|  | for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Interrupt support (PPC): | 
|  |  | 
|  | There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt() | 
|  | for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu() | 
|  | for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu() | 
|  | should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If | 
|  | CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt | 
|  | (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero. | 
|  | timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU | 
|  | specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led | 
|  | / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from | 
|  | general timer_interrupt(). | 
|  |  | 
|  | - General: | 
|  |  | 
|  | In the target system modem support is enabled when a | 
|  | specific key (key combination) is pressed during | 
|  | power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally | 
|  | (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from | 
|  | board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy | 
|  | function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem | 
|  | initialization. | 
|  |  | 
|  | If there are no modem init strings in the | 
|  | environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the | 
|  | previous output (banner, info printfs) will be | 
|  | suppressed, though. | 
|  |  | 
|  | See also: doc/README.Modem | 
|  |  | 
|  | Board initialization settings: | 
|  | ------------------------------ | 
|  |  | 
|  | During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions | 
|  | to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup | 
|  | before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the | 
|  | following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is | 
|  | architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c | 
|  | typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r(). | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f() | 
|  | - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r() | 
|  | - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init() | 
|  | - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init() | 
|  |  | 
|  | Configuration Settings: | 
|  | ----------------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit. | 
|  | Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included; | 
|  | undefine this when you're short of memory. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default | 
|  | width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT:	This is what U-Boot prints on the console to | 
|  | prompt for user input. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE:	Buffer size for input from the Console | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE:	Buffer size for Console output | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS:	max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to | 
|  | the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is | 
|  | booted | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE: | 
|  | List of legal baudrate settings for this board. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET | 
|  | Suppress display of console information at boot. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV | 
|  | If the board specific function | 
|  | extern int overwrite_console (void); | 
|  | returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the | 
|  | serial port, else the settings in the environment are used. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE | 
|  | Enable the call to overwrite_console(). | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE | 
|  | Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END: | 
|  | Begin and End addresses of the area used by the | 
|  | simple memory test. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST: | 
|  | Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH: | 
|  | Scratch address used by the alternate memory test | 
|  | You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only): | 
|  | If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header, | 
|  | this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top | 
|  | (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By | 
|  | fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed | 
|  | the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either. | 
|  | This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux | 
|  | board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that | 
|  | recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup | 
|  | will have to get fixed in Linux additionally. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx | 
|  | CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't | 
|  | be touched. | 
|  |  | 
|  | WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of | 
|  | the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case, | 
|  | then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a | 
|  | non page size aligned address and this could cause major | 
|  | problems. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE: | 
|  | Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE: | 
|  | Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE: | 
|  | Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a | 
|  | Cogent motherboard) | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE: | 
|  | Physical start address of Flash memory. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE: | 
|  | Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by | 
|  | make config files to be same as the text base address | 
|  | (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN: | 
|  | Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to | 
|  | determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is | 
|  | embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate | 
|  | flash sector. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN: | 
|  | Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN | 
|  | Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If | 
|  | this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation | 
|  | will become available before relocation. The address is just | 
|  | below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make | 
|  | space. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses | 
|  | within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc() | 
|  | is not available. free() is supported but does nothing. | 
|  | The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when | 
|  | U-Boot relocates itself. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox | 
|  | at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE | 
|  | Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those | 
|  | boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is | 
|  | enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START). | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY: | 
|  | Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be | 
|  | typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped | 
|  | uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would | 
|  | otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For | 
|  | some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the | 
|  | cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed | 
|  | are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding | 
|  | cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e. | 
|  | if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the | 
|  | size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of | 
|  | one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has | 
|  | written to another region in the same cache-line. This can | 
|  | happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for | 
|  | buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g. | 
|  | 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes). | 
|  |  | 
|  | Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN: | 
|  | Normally compressed uImages are limited to an | 
|  | uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough, | 
|  | you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file | 
|  | to adjust this setting to your needs. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ: | 
|  | Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of | 
|  | the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by | 
|  | the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if | 
|  | used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low" | 
|  | environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case | 
|  | all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low" | 
|  | and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ.	 The environment | 
|  | variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ.  If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined, | 
|  | then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH: | 
|  | Enable initrd_high functionality.  If defined then the | 
|  | initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand | 
|  | is enabled. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE: | 
|  | Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between | 
|  | "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD: | 
|  | Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in | 
|  | space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS: | 
|  | Max number of Flash memory banks | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT: | 
|  | Max number of sectors on a Flash chip | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT: | 
|  | Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms) | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT: | 
|  | Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms) | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT | 
|  | Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms) | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT | 
|  | Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms) | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION | 
|  | If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used | 
|  | instead of U-Boot software protection. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory; | 
|  | without this option such a download has to be | 
|  | performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2) | 
|  | copy from RAM to flash. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since | 
|  | you can check if the download worked before you erase | 
|  | the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is | 
|  | too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the | 
|  | downloaded image) this option may be very useful. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI: | 
|  | Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the | 
|  | common flash structure for storing flash geometry. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER | 
|  | This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver | 
|  | in the drivers directory | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD | 
|  | This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver | 
|  | in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash | 
|  | to the MTD layer. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE | 
|  | Use buffered writes to flash. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N | 
|  | s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered | 
|  | write commands. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST | 
|  | If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't | 
|  | print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This | 
|  | is useful, if some of the configured banks are only | 
|  | optionally available. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS | 
|  | If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown | 
|  | digits and dots.  Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80 | 
|  | column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY | 
|  | If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared | 
|  | against the source after the write operation. An error message | 
|  | will be printed when the contents are not identical. | 
|  | Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases, | 
|  | since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier | 
|  | while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable | 
|  | this option if you really know what you are doing. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER: | 
|  | Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some | 
|  | Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value | 
|  | to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all | 
|  | buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface | 
|  | on high Ethernet traffic. | 
|  | Defaults to 4 if not defined. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES | 
|  |  | 
|  | Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used | 
|  | internally to store the environment settings. The default | 
|  | setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most | 
|  | cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see | 
|  | lib/hashtable.c for details. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC | 
|  | Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when | 
|  | calling env set.  Variables can be restricted to only decimal, | 
|  | hexadecimal, or boolean.  If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined, | 
|  | the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The format of the list is: | 
|  | type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m] | 
|  | access_attribute = [a|r|o|c] | 
|  | attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute] | 
|  | entry = variable_name[:attributes] | 
|  | list = entry[,list] | 
|  |  | 
|  | The type attributes are: | 
|  | s - String (default) | 
|  | d - Decimal | 
|  | x - Hexadecimal | 
|  | b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF]) | 
|  | i - IP address | 
|  | m - MAC address | 
|  |  | 
|  | The access attributes are: | 
|  | a - Any (default) | 
|  | r - Read-only | 
|  | o - Write-once | 
|  | c - Change-default | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT | 
|  | Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags" | 
|  | environment variable in the default or embedded environment. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC | 
|  | Define this to a list (string) to define validation that | 
|  | should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags" | 
|  | environment variable.  To override a setting in the static | 
|  | list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the | 
|  | ".flags" variable. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE | 
|  | If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable | 
|  | access flags. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD | 
|  | This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the | 
|  | architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards | 
|  | to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the | 
|  | arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and | 
|  | common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture | 
|  | must support it (i.e. must select HAVE_GENERIC_BOARD in arch/Kconfig). | 
|  | If you find problems enabling this option on your board please report | 
|  | the problem and send patches! | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only) | 
|  | This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should | 
|  | be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how | 
|  | the value can be calculated on a given board. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_USE_STDINT | 
|  | If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this | 
|  | option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when | 
|  | building U-Boot to enable this. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The following definitions that deal with the placement and management | 
|  | of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the | 
|  | following configurations: | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils | 
|  | may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this if the environment is in flash memory. | 
|  |  | 
|  | a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is | 
|  | "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This | 
|  | happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot | 
|  | sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller | 
|  | sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a | 
|  | layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In | 
|  | such a case you would place the environment in one of the | 
|  | 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With | 
|  | "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the | 
|  | environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap | 
|  | between U-Boot and the environment. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Offset of environment data (variable area) to the | 
|  | beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot | 
|  | type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset | 
|  | for this sector is given here. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: | 
|  |  | 
|  | This is just another way to specify the start address of | 
|  | the flash sector containing the environment (instead of | 
|  | CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET). | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Size of the sector containing the environment. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors. | 
|  | In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for | 
|  | the environment. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 
|  |  | 
|  | If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH | 
|  | and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part | 
|  | of this flash sector for the environment. This saves | 
|  | memory for the RAM copy of the environment. | 
|  |  | 
|  | It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this | 
|  | when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code, | 
|  | since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used | 
|  | for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is | 
|  | STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view: | 
|  | updating the environment in flash makes it always | 
|  | necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes | 
|  | wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in | 
|  | RAM, your target system will be dead. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND | 
|  | CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND | 
|  |  | 
|  | These settings describe a second storage area used to hold | 
|  | a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is | 
|  | a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during | 
|  | a "saveenv" operation. | 
|  |  | 
|  | BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the | 
|  | source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds* | 
|  | accordingly! | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device | 
|  | (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the | 
|  | environment. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 
|  |  | 
|  | These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you | 
|  | want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory | 
|  | can just be read and written to, without any special | 
|  | provision. | 
|  |  | 
|  | BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early | 
|  | in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the | 
|  | console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or | 
|  | U-Boot will hang. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the | 
|  | environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to | 
|  | keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv" | 
|  | to save the current settings. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access | 
|  | device and a driver for it. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 
|  |  | 
|  | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the | 
|  | environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR: | 
|  | If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device. | 
|  | The default address is zero. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS: | 
|  | If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS: | 
|  | If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a | 
|  | single page in the EEPROM device.  A 64 byte page, for example | 
|  | would require six bits. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS: | 
|  | If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between | 
|  | page writes.	The default is zero milliseconds. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN: | 
|  | The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address.  Note | 
|  | that this is NOT the chip address length! | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW: | 
|  | EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones | 
|  | like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of | 
|  | address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit | 
|  | slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256 | 
|  | byte chips. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note that we consider the length of the address field to | 
|  | still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden | 
|  | in the chip address. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE: | 
|  | The size in bytes of the EEPROM device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C | 
|  | define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your | 
|  | EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS | 
|  | if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over | 
|  | I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this | 
|  | EEPROM. For example: | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS	  1 | 
|  |  | 
|  | EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over | 
|  | a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you | 
|  | want to use for the environment. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 
|  |  | 
|  | These three #defines specify the offset and size of the | 
|  | environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed | 
|  | at the specified address. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you | 
|  | want to use for the environment. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 
|  |  | 
|  | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the | 
|  | environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be | 
|  | aligned to an erase sector boundary. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define the SPI flash's sector size. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): | 
|  |  | 
|  | This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE | 
|  | size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so | 
|  | that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure | 
|  | during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be | 
|  | aligned to an erase sector boundary. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional): | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional): | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional): | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional): | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this if you have a remote memory space which you | 
|  | want to use for the local device's environment. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 
|  |  | 
|  | These two #defines specify the address and size of the | 
|  | environment area within the remote memory space. The | 
|  | local device can get the environment from remote memory | 
|  | space by SRIO or PCIE links. | 
|  |  | 
|  | BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use | 
|  | "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the | 
|  | environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link, | 
|  | but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use | 
|  | for the environment. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 
|  |  | 
|  | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment | 
|  | area within the first NAND device.  CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be | 
|  | aligned to an erase block boundary. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): | 
|  |  | 
|  | This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE | 
|  | size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so | 
|  | that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure | 
|  | during a "saveenv" operation.	 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be | 
|  | aligned to an erase block boundary. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional): | 
|  |  | 
|  | Specifies the length of the region in which the environment | 
|  | can be written.  This should be a multiple of the NAND device's | 
|  | block size.  Specifying a range with more erase blocks than | 
|  | are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within | 
|  | the range to be avoided. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional): | 
|  |  | 
|  | Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the | 
|  | environment from block zero's out-of-band data.  The | 
|  | "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset. | 
|  | Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when | 
|  | using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST | 
|  |  | 
|  | Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the | 
|  | environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to | 
|  | CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the | 
|  | environment.  This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment | 
|  | accesses, which is important on NAND. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the | 
|  | environment in. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of | 
|  | the environment in.  This will enable redundant environments in UBI. | 
|  | It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG | 
|  | - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG | 
|  |  | 
|  | You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system | 
|  | when storing the env in UBI. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT: | 
|  | Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this to a string that is the name of the block device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can | 
|  | be as following: | 
|  |  | 
|  | "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1) | 
|  | - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no | 
|  | partition table. | 
|  | - "D:0": device D. | 
|  | - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition | 
|  | table, or the whole device D if has no partition | 
|  | table. | 
|  | - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set. | 
|  | If none, first valid partition in device D. If no | 
|  | partition table then means device D. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - FAT_ENV_FILE: | 
|  |  | 
|  | It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the | 
|  | environment. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE: | 
|  | This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the | 
|  | environment. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional): | 
|  |  | 
|  | Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not | 
|  | set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be | 
|  | 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition). | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 
|  |  | 
|  | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment | 
|  | area within the specified MMC device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to | 
|  | the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated | 
|  | as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if | 
|  | your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have | 
|  | different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the | 
|  | environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the | 
|  | maximum possible space before it, to store other data. | 
|  |  | 
|  | These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an | 
|  | MMC sector boundary. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): | 
|  |  | 
|  | Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to | 
|  | hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a | 
|  | valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due | 
|  | to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the | 
|  | same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to | 
|  | an MMC sector boundary. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional): | 
|  |  | 
|  | This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is | 
|  | set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as | 
|  | CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET | 
|  |  | 
|  | Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The | 
|  | area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment | 
|  | is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte | 
|  | scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization | 
|  | calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems | 
|  | to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the | 
|  | start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor | 
|  | has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been | 
|  | created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f() | 
|  | until then to read environment variables. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor | 
|  | is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working | 
|  | with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is | 
|  | necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the | 
|  | "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't | 
|  | have any device yet where we could complain.] | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if | 
|  | the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you | 
|  | use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN: | 
|  | Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR | 
|  | also needs to be defined. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR: | 
|  | MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS: | 
|  | Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init | 
|  | and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at | 
|  | drivers/serial/ns16550.c.  This option is useful for saving | 
|  | space for already greatly restricted images, including but not | 
|  | limited to NAND_SPL configurations. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO | 
|  | Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on | 
|  | when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called | 
|  | to do this. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE | 
|  | Similar to the previous option, but display this information | 
|  | later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if | 
|  | present. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT: | 
|  | Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the | 
|  | build system checks that the actual size does not | 
|  | exceed it. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Low Level (hardware related) configuration options: | 
|  | --------------------------------------------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE: | 
|  | Cache Line Size of the CPU. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR: | 
|  | Default address of the IMMR after system reset. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU, | 
|  | and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of | 
|  | the IMMR register after a reset. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT: | 
|  | Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale | 
|  | PowerPC SOCs. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR: | 
|  | Virtual address of CCSR.  On a 32-bit build, this is typically | 
|  | the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value, | 
|  | for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS: | 
|  | Physical address of CCSR.  CCSR can be relocated to a new | 
|  | physical address, if desired.  In this case, this macro should | 
|  | be set to that address.	 Otherwise, it should be set to the | 
|  | same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.  For example, CCSR | 
|  | is typically relocated on 36-bit builds.  It is recommended | 
|  | that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros: | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH | 
|  | * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW) | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH: | 
|  | Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS.	This value is typically | 
|  | either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build).	This macro is | 
|  | used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or | 
|  | integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW: | 
|  | Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS.  This macro is | 
|  | used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or | 
|  | integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE: | 
|  | If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be | 
|  | forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - Floppy Disk Support: | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER | 
|  |  | 
|  | the default drive number (default value 0) | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE | 
|  |  | 
|  | defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers | 
|  | (default value 1) | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET | 
|  |  | 
|  | defines the offset of register from address. It | 
|  | depends on which part of the data bus is connected to | 
|  | the FDC chipset. (default value 0) | 
|  |  | 
|  | If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their | 
|  | default value. | 
|  |  | 
|  | if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function | 
|  | fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC | 
|  | setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board | 
|  | source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent | 
|  | initializations. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_IDE_AHB: | 
|  | Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI | 
|  | interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface. | 
|  | When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to | 
|  | IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional | 
|  | registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller | 
|  | is required. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR:	Physical address of the Internal Memory. | 
|  | DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're | 
|  | doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only] | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Start address of memory area that can be used for | 
|  | initial data and stack; please note that this must be | 
|  | writable memory that is working WITHOUT special | 
|  | initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which | 
|  | will become available only after programming the | 
|  | memory controller and running certain initialization | 
|  | sequences. | 
|  |  | 
|  | U-Boot uses the following memory types: | 
|  | - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU) | 
|  | - MPC824X: data cache | 
|  | - PPC4xx:  data cache | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Offset of the initial data structure in the memory | 
|  | area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial | 
|  | data is located at the end of the available space | 
|  | (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE - | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just | 
|  | below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note: | 
|  | On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data | 
|  | cache for initial memory) the address chosen for | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must | 
|  | point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between | 
|  | the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR:	SIU Module Configuration (11-6) | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR:	System Protection Control (11-9) | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR:	Time Base Status and Control (11-26) | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR:	Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31) | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR:	PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30) | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR:	System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27) | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM: | 
|  | SDRAM timing | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA: | 
|  | periodic timer for refresh | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_DER:	Debug Event Register (37-47) | 
|  |  | 
|  | - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM, | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP, | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM, | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM: | 
|  | Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH) | 
|  |  | 
|  | - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE, | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM, | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM: | 
|  | Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM) | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K, | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL: | 
|  | Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer | 
|  | Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing) | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: | 
|  | enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); | 
|  | define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2] | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: | 
|  | enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); | 
|  | define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1] | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: | 
|  | enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); | 
|  | define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4] | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK: | 
|  | Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful, | 
|  | wrong setting might damage your board. Read | 
|  | doc/README.MBX before setting this variable! | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only) | 
|  | Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post | 
|  | (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides | 
|  | #define'd default value in commproc.h resp. | 
|  | cpm_8260.h. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL, | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS, | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START, | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL, | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE, | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only) | 
|  | Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE: | 
|  | Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not | 
|  | required. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY | 
|  | Only scan through and get the devices on the buses. | 
|  | Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or | 
|  | something has already done it, and we don't need to do it | 
|  | a second time.	Useful for platforms that are pre-booted | 
|  | by coreboot or similar. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE: | 
|  | Enable support for indirect PCI bridges. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO: | 
|  | Chip has SRIO or not | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SRIO1: | 
|  | Board has SRIO 1 port available | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SRIO2: | 
|  | Board has SRIO 2 port available | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER | 
|  | Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT: | 
|  | Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS: | 
|  | Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE: | 
|  | Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT | 
|  | Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using | 
|  | a 16 bit bus. | 
|  | Not all NAND drivers use this symbol. | 
|  | Example of drivers that use it: | 
|  | - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c | 
|  | - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG | 
|  | Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined | 
|  | a default value will be used. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM | 
|  | Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common | 
|  | with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs | 
|  |  | 
|  | SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS | 
|  | I2C address of the SPD EEPROM | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM | 
|  | If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first | 
|  | one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve | 
|  | to something your driver can deal with. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING | 
|  | Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with | 
|  | soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing | 
|  | parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into | 
|  | header files or board specific files. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE | 
|  | Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH | 
|  | Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0 | 
|  | Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should | 
|  | be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12] | 
|  | Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY | 
|  | Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds | 
|  | to the given FEC; i. e. | 
|  | #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4 | 
|  | means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1 | 
|  |  | 
|  | When set to -1, means to probe for first available. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR | 
|  | The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only). | 
|  | (so program the FEC to ignore it). | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_RMII | 
|  | Enable RMII mode for all FECs. | 
|  | Note that this is a global option, we can't | 
|  | have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY | 
|  | Add a verify option to the crc32 command. | 
|  | The syntax is: | 
|  |  | 
|  | => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32> | 
|  |  | 
|  | Where address/count indicate a memory area | 
|  | and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the | 
|  | area should have. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_LOOPW | 
|  | Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if | 
|  | the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC | 
|  | Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic | 
|  | "md/mw" commands. | 
|  | Examples: | 
|  |  | 
|  | => mdc.b 10 4 500 | 
|  | This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms. | 
|  |  | 
|  | => mwc.l 100 12345678 10 | 
|  | This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated | 
|  | globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT | 
|  | [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain | 
|  | low level initializations (like setting up the memory | 
|  | controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not | 
|  | relocate itself into RAM. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only | 
|  | exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some | 
|  | other boot loader or by a debugger which performs | 
|  | these initializations itself. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD | 
|  | Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader | 
|  | that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when | 
|  | compiling a NAND SPL. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD | 
|  | Modifies the behaviour of start.S  when compiling a loader | 
|  | that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot. | 
|  | It is loaded by the SPL. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC | 
|  | Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section | 
|  | .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the | 
|  | previous 4k of the .text section. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM | 
|  | Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses | 
|  | effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard | 
|  | U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated | 
|  | to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since | 
|  | it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all | 
|  | addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses | 
|  | to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem(). | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY | 
|  | CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET | 
|  | If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will | 
|  | be used if available. These functions may be faster under some | 
|  | conditions but may increase the binary size. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR | 
|  | If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not | 
|  | needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK | 
|  | Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz). | 
|  |  | 
|  | NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC: | 
|  | Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE | 
|  | Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver | 
|  | driver that uses this: | 
|  | drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c | 
|  |  | 
|  | Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support: | 
|  | ----------------------------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the | 
|  | loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format. | 
|  | This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros | 
|  | are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address | 
|  | within that device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR | 
|  | The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located.  The | 
|  | meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro | 
|  | is also specified. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR | 
|  | The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located.  The | 
|  | meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro | 
|  | is also specified. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH | 
|  | The maximum possible size of the firmware.  The firmware binary format | 
|  | has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it | 
|  | might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some | 
|  | local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR | 
|  | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as | 
|  | normal addressable memory via the LBC.  CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the | 
|  | virtual address in NOR flash. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND | 
|  | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash. | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC | 
|  | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC | 
|  | device.  CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH | 
|  | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI | 
|  | device.  CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE | 
|  | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master) | 
|  | memory space.	CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which | 
|  | can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound | 
|  | window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in | 
|  | master's memory space. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support: | 
|  | --------------------------------------------------------- | 
|  | The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of | 
|  | "firmware". | 
|  | This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros | 
|  | are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address | 
|  | within that device. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET | 
|  | Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR | 
|  | The address in the storage device where the firmware is located.  The | 
|  | meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro | 
|  | is also specified. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH | 
|  | The maximum possible size of the firmware.  The firmware binary format | 
|  | has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it | 
|  | might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some | 
|  | local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. | 
|  |  | 
|  | - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR | 
|  | Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as | 
|  | normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the | 
|  | virtual address in NOR flash. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Building the Software: | 
|  | ====================== | 
|  |  | 
|  | Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments | 
|  | and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support | 
|  | all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all | 
|  | (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we | 
|  | recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK) | 
|  | which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot. | 
|  |  | 
|  | If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you | 
|  | have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case, | 
|  | you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell. | 
|  | Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are | 
|  | necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter: | 
|  |  | 
|  | $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx- | 
|  | $ export CROSS_COMPILE | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in | 
|  | the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain | 
|  | (http://www.mingw.org).  Set your HOST tools to the MinGW | 
|  | toolchain and execute 'make tools'.  For example: | 
|  |  | 
|  | $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools | 
|  |  | 
|  | Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can | 
|  | be executed on computers running Windows. | 
|  |  | 
|  | U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the | 
|  | sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This | 
|  | is done by typing: | 
|  |  | 
|  | make NAME_defconfig | 
|  |  | 
|  | where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu- | 
|  | rations; see boards.cfg for supported names. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if | 
|  | additional information is available from the board vendor; for | 
|  | instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard) | 
|  | or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features" | 
|  | when choosing the configuration, i. e. | 
|  |  | 
|  | make TQM823L_defconfig | 
|  | - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support | 
|  |  | 
|  | make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig | 
|  | - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD | 
|  |  | 
|  | etc. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot | 
|  | images ready for download to / installation on your system: | 
|  |  | 
|  | - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image | 
|  | - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format | 
|  | - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format | 
|  |  | 
|  | By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved | 
|  | in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change | 
|  | this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory: | 
|  |  | 
|  | 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations: | 
|  |  | 
|  | make O=/tmp/build distclean | 
|  | make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig | 
|  | make O=/tmp/build all | 
|  |  | 
|  | 2. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location: | 
|  |  | 
|  | export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build | 
|  | make distclean | 
|  | make NAME_defconfig | 
|  | make all | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment | 
|  | variable. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so | 
|  | for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of | 
|  | native "make". | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need | 
|  | to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these | 
|  | steps: | 
|  |  | 
|  | 1.  Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel | 
|  | "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples. | 
|  | Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order. | 
|  | 2.  Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any | 
|  | files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least | 
|  | the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds". | 
|  | 3.  Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for | 
|  | your board | 
|  | 3.  If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new | 
|  | directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need. | 
|  | 4.  Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name. | 
|  | 5.  Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file | 
|  | to be installed on your target system. | 
|  | 6.  Debug and solve any problems that might arise. | 
|  | [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.] | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.: | 
|  | ============================================================== | 
|  |  | 
|  | If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board | 
|  | or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to | 
|  | provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes | 
|  | the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest | 
|  | official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources. | 
|  |  | 
|  | But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi- | 
|  | cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of | 
|  | the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so, | 
|  | just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot | 
|  | for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can | 
|  | select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE' | 
|  | environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools | 
|  | you can type | 
|  |  | 
|  | CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL | 
|  |  | 
|  | or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type | 
|  |  | 
|  | CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL | 
|  |  | 
|  | When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build | 
|  | U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by | 
|  | setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target | 
|  | built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and | 
|  | <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default | 
|  | location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment | 
|  | variable. For example: | 
|  |  | 
|  | export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build | 
|  | export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log | 
|  | CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL | 
|  |  | 
|  | With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build, | 
|  | log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean | 
|  | during the whole build process. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Monitor Commands - Overview: | 
|  | ============================ | 
|  |  | 
|  | go	- start application at address 'addr' | 
|  | run	- run commands in an environment variable | 
|  | bootm	- boot application image from memory | 
|  | bootp	- boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol | 
|  | bootz   - boot zImage from memory | 
|  | tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol | 
|  | and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip" | 
|  | (and eventually "gatewayip") | 
|  | tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol | 
|  | rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol | 
|  | diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd   - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' | 
|  | loads	- load S-Record file over serial line | 
|  | loadb	- load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) | 
|  | md	- memory display | 
|  | mm	- memory modify (auto-incrementing) | 
|  | nm	- memory modify (constant address) | 
|  | mw	- memory write (fill) | 
|  | cp	- memory copy | 
|  | cmp	- memory compare | 
|  | crc32	- checksum calculation | 
|  | i2c	- I2C sub-system | 
|  | sspi	- SPI utility commands | 
|  | base	- print or set address offset | 
|  | printenv- print environment variables | 
|  | setenv	- set environment variables | 
|  | saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage | 
|  | protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection | 
|  | erase	- erase FLASH memory | 
|  | flinfo	- print FLASH memory information | 
|  | nand	- NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand) | 
|  | bdinfo	- print Board Info structure | 
|  | iminfo	- print header information for application image | 
|  | coninfo - print console devices and informations | 
|  | ide	- IDE sub-system | 
|  | loop	- infinite loop on address range | 
|  | loopw	- infinite write loop on address range | 
|  | mtest	- simple RAM test | 
|  | icache	- enable or disable instruction cache | 
|  | dcache	- enable or disable data cache | 
|  | reset	- Perform RESET of the CPU | 
|  | echo	- echo args to console | 
|  | version - print monitor version | 
|  | help	- print online help | 
|  | ?	- alias for 'help' | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Monitor Commands - Detailed Description: | 
|  | ======================================== | 
|  |  | 
|  | TODO. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For now: just type "help <command>". | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Environment Variables: | 
|  | ====================== | 
|  |  | 
|  | U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which | 
|  | can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using | 
|  | "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv" | 
|  | without a value can be used to delete a variable from the | 
|  | environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are | 
|  | working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the | 
|  | environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables. | 
|  |  | 
|  | List of environment variables (most likely not complete): | 
|  |  | 
|  | baudrate	- see CONFIG_BAUDRATE | 
|  |  | 
|  | bootdelay	- see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY | 
|  |  | 
|  | bootcmd	- see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND | 
|  |  | 
|  | bootargs	- Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image | 
|  |  | 
|  | bootfile	- Name of the image to load with TFTP | 
|  |  | 
|  | bootm_low	- Memory range available for image processing in the bootm | 
|  | command can be restricted. This variable is given as | 
|  | a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed | 
|  | for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size" | 
|  | environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is | 
|  | also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux | 
|  | kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and | 
|  | bootm_mapsize. | 
|  |  | 
|  | bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel. | 
|  | This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it | 
|  | defines the size of the memory region starting at base | 
|  | address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel | 
|  | during early boot.  If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used | 
|  | as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is | 
|  | used otherwise. | 
|  |  | 
|  | bootm_size	- Memory range available for image processing in the bootm | 
|  | command can be restricted. This variable is given as | 
|  | a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region | 
|  | allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low" | 
|  | environment variable. | 
|  |  | 
|  | updatefile	- Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used | 
|  | by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to | 
|  | documentation in doc/README.update for more details. | 
|  |  | 
|  | autoload	- if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'), | 
|  | "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the | 
|  | configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to | 
|  | load any image using TFTP | 
|  |  | 
|  | autostart	- if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp", | 
|  | "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will | 
|  | be automatically started (by internally calling | 
|  | "bootm") | 
|  |  | 
|  | If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the | 
|  | "bootm" command will be copied to the load address | 
|  | (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started. | 
|  | This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary | 
|  | data. | 
|  |  | 
|  | fdt_high	- if set this restricts the maximum address that the | 
|  | flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot. | 
|  | For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory | 
|  | at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel | 
|  | only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you | 
|  | may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the | 
|  | device tree blob be copied to the maximum address | 
|  | of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can | 
|  | access it during the boot procedure. | 
|  |  | 
|  | If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then | 
|  | the fdt will not be copied at all on boot.  For this | 
|  | to work it must reside in writable memory, have | 
|  | sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to | 
|  | add the information it needs into it, and the memory | 
|  | must be accessible by the kernel. | 
|  |  | 
|  | fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened | 
|  | device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is | 
|  | defined. | 
|  |  | 
|  | i2cfast	- (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) | 
|  | if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast | 
|  | mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in | 
|  | initialization code. So, for changes to be effective | 
|  | it must be saved and board must be reset. | 
|  |  | 
|  | initrd_high	- restrict positioning of initrd images: | 
|  | If this variable is not set, initrd images will be | 
|  | copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this | 
|  | is usually what you want since it allows for | 
|  | maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to | 
|  | make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment | 
|  | variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0". | 
|  | Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper | 
|  | address to use (U-Boot will still check that it | 
|  | does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data). | 
|  |  | 
|  | For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB | 
|  | RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux, | 
|  | you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of | 
|  | the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make | 
|  | sure that the initrd image is placed in the first | 
|  | 12 MB as well - this can be done with | 
|  |  | 
|  | setenv initrd_high 00c00000 | 
|  |  | 
|  | If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an | 
|  | indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal | 
|  | for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash | 
|  | memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the | 
|  | ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the | 
|  | boot time on your system, but requires that this | 
|  | feature is supported by your Linux kernel. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ipaddr	- IP address; needed for tftpboot command | 
|  |  | 
|  | loadaddr	- Default load address for commands like "bootp", | 
|  | "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot" | 
|  |  | 
|  | loads_echo	- see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO | 
|  |  | 
|  | serverip	- TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command | 
|  |  | 
|  | bootretry	- see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME | 
|  |  | 
|  | bootdelaykey	- see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR | 
|  |  | 
|  | bootstopkey	- see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR | 
|  |  | 
|  | ethprime	- controls which interface is used first. | 
|  |  | 
|  | ethact	- controls which interface is currently active. | 
|  | For example you can do the following | 
|  |  | 
|  | => setenv ethact FEC | 
|  | => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC | 
|  | => setenv ethact SCC | 
|  | => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC | 
|  |  | 
|  | ethrotate	- When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all | 
|  | available network interfaces. | 
|  | It just stays at the currently selected interface. | 
|  |  | 
|  | netretry	- When set to "no" each network operation will | 
|  | either succeed or fail without retrying. | 
|  | When set to "once" the network operation will | 
|  | fail when all the available network interfaces | 
|  | are tried once without success. | 
|  | Useful on scripts which control the retry operation | 
|  | themselves. | 
|  |  | 
|  | npe_ucode	- set load address for the NPE microcode | 
|  |  | 
|  | silent_linux  - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by | 
|  | changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be | 
|  | made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If | 
|  | unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console | 
|  | is silent. | 
|  |  | 
|  | tftpsrcport	- If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's | 
|  | UDP source port. | 
|  |  | 
|  | tftpdstport	- If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP | 
|  | destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69. | 
|  |  | 
|  | tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set, | 
|  | we use the TFTP server's default block size | 
|  |  | 
|  | tftptimeout	- Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli- | 
|  | seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines | 
|  | when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to | 
|  | be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds. | 
|  | Lowering this value may make downloads succeed | 
|  | faster in networks with high packet loss rates or | 
|  | with unreliable TFTP servers. | 
|  |  | 
|  | vlan		- When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over | 
|  | Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q | 
|  | VLAN tagged frames. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The following image location variables contain the location of images | 
|  | used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is | 
|  | not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment | 
|  | variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP | 
|  | server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be | 
|  | loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR | 
|  | flash or offset in NAND flash. | 
|  |  | 
|  | *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some | 
|  | boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some | 
|  | boards use these variables for other purposes. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Image		    File Name	     RAM Address       Flash Location | 
|  | -----		    ---------	     -----------       -------------- | 
|  | u-boot		    u-boot	     u-boot_addr_r     u-boot_addr | 
|  | Linux kernel	    bootfile	     kernel_addr_r     kernel_addr | 
|  | device tree blob    fdtfile	     fdt_addr_r	       fdt_addr | 
|  | ramdisk		    ramdiskfile	     ramdisk_addr_r    ramdisk_addr | 
|  |  | 
|  | The following environment variables may be used and automatically | 
|  | updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"), | 
|  | depending the information provided by your boot server: | 
|  |  | 
|  | bootfile	- see above | 
|  | dnsip		- IP address of your Domain Name Server | 
|  | dnsip2	- IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server | 
|  | gatewayip	- IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use | 
|  | hostname	- Target hostname | 
|  | ipaddr	- see above | 
|  | netmask	- Subnet Mask | 
|  | rootpath	- Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server | 
|  | serverip	- see above | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | There are two special Environment Variables: | 
|  |  | 
|  | serial#	- contains hardware identification information such | 
|  | as type string and/or serial number | 
|  | ethaddr	- Ethernet address | 
|  |  | 
|  | These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of | 
|  | the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables | 
|  | once they have been set once. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Further special Environment Variables: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ver		- Contains the U-Boot version string as printed | 
|  | with the "version" command. This variable is | 
|  | readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE). | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take | 
|  | only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-). | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Callback functions for environment variables: | 
|  | --------------------------------------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change | 
|  | when their values are changed.  This functionality allows functions to | 
|  | be associated with arbitrary variables.  On creation, overwrite, or | 
|  | deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side | 
|  | effect to happen or for the change to be rejected. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the | 
|  | U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code. | 
|  |  | 
|  | These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways.  The | 
|  | static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC | 
|  | in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of | 
|  | associations.  The list must be in the following format: | 
|  |  | 
|  | entry = variable_name[:callback_name] | 
|  | list = entry[,list] | 
|  |  | 
|  | If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted. | 
|  | Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable | 
|  | with the same list format above.  Any association in ".callbacks" will | 
|  | override any association in the static list. You can define | 
|  | CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the | 
|  | ".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Command Line Parsing: | 
|  | ===================== | 
|  |  | 
|  | There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot: | 
|  | the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Old, simple command line parser: | 
|  | -------------------------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands) | 
|  | - several commands on one line, separated by ';' | 
|  | - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax | 
|  | - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\', | 
|  | for example: | 
|  | setenv bootcmd bootm \${address} | 
|  | - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example: | 
|  | setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off' | 
|  |  | 
|  | Hush shell: | 
|  | ----------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like | 
|  | if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done, | 
|  | until...do...done, ... | 
|  | - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv | 
|  | commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax | 
|  | "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run" | 
|  | command | 
|  |  | 
|  | General rules: | 
|  | -------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run" | 
|  | command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and | 
|  | one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be | 
|  | executed anyway. | 
|  |  | 
|  | (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e. | 
|  | calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing | 
|  | command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining | 
|  | variables are not executed. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces: | 
|  | ======================================= | 
|  |  | 
|  | Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports | 
|  | such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a | 
|  | "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding | 
|  | MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0), | 
|  | "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ... | 
|  |  | 
|  | If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance | 
|  | in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon- | 
|  | ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment | 
|  | variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means: | 
|  |  | 
|  | o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the | 
|  | environment, the SROM's address is used. | 
|  |  | 
|  | o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the | 
|  | environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is | 
|  | used. | 
|  |  | 
|  | o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and | 
|  | both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used. | 
|  |  | 
|  | o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the | 
|  | addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a | 
|  | warning is printed. | 
|  |  | 
|  | o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error | 
|  | is raised. | 
|  |  | 
|  | If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses | 
|  | will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process.	 This | 
|  | may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable. | 
|  | The naming convention is as follows: | 
|  | "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Image Formats: | 
|  | ============== | 
|  |  | 
|  | U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on) | 
|  | images in two formats: | 
|  |  | 
|  | New uImage format (FIT) | 
|  | ----------------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar | 
|  | to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple | 
|  | components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by | 
|  | SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Old uImage format | 
|  | ----------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything, | 
|  | preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for | 
|  | details; basically, the header defines the following image properties: | 
|  |  | 
|  | * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD, | 
|  | 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks, | 
|  | LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY; | 
|  | Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS, | 
|  | INTEGRITY). | 
|  | * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, | 
|  | IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit; | 
|  | Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC). | 
|  | * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2) | 
|  | * Load Address | 
|  | * Entry Point | 
|  | * Image Name | 
|  | * Image Timestamp | 
|  |  | 
|  | The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header | 
|  | and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by | 
|  | CRC32 checksums. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Linux Support: | 
|  | ============== | 
|  |  | 
|  | Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application | 
|  | easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of | 
|  | U-Boot. | 
|  |  | 
|  | U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some | 
|  | special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any | 
|  | "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image; | 
|  | instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation | 
|  | serves several purposes: | 
|  |  | 
|  | - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone | 
|  | applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the | 
|  | Flash memory footprint) | 
|  |  | 
|  | - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because | 
|  | lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot | 
|  |  | 
|  | - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd" | 
|  | images; of course this also means that different kernel images can | 
|  | be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't | 
|  | have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just | 
|  | change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the | 
|  | software is easier now. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Linux HOWTO: | 
|  | ============ | 
|  |  | 
|  | Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems: | 
|  | --------------------------------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to | 
|  | configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware | 
|  | (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to | 
|  | Linux :-). | 
|  |  | 
|  | But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot). | 
|  |  | 
|  | Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance | 
|  | include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board | 
|  | Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h, | 
|  | and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value | 
|  | as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers. | 
|  | If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there | 
|  | is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See | 
|  | doc/driver-model. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Configuring the Linux kernel: | 
|  | ----------------------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root | 
|  | device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Building a Linux Image: | 
|  | ----------------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are | 
|  | not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target | 
|  | "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by | 
|  | U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target, | 
|  | which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a | 
|  | 100% compatible format. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example: | 
|  |  | 
|  | make TQM850L_defconfig | 
|  | make oldconfig | 
|  | make dep | 
|  | make uImage | 
|  |  | 
|  | The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to | 
|  | encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header	 information, | 
|  | CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing: | 
|  |  | 
|  | * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format): | 
|  |  | 
|  | * convert the kernel into a raw binary image: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \ | 
|  | -R .note -R .comment \ | 
|  | -S vmlinux linux.bin | 
|  |  | 
|  | * compress the binary image: | 
|  |  | 
|  | gzip -9 linux.bin | 
|  |  | 
|  | * package compressed binary image for U-Boot: | 
|  |  | 
|  | mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \ | 
|  | -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \ | 
|  | -d linux.bin.gz uImage | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use | 
|  | with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or | 
|  | combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64 | 
|  | byte header containing information about target architecture, | 
|  | operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time | 
|  | stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc. | 
|  |  | 
|  | "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and | 
|  | print the header information, or to build new images. | 
|  |  | 
|  | In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information | 
|  | contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes | 
|  | checksum verification: | 
|  |  | 
|  | tools/mkimage -l image | 
|  | -l ==> list image header information | 
|  |  | 
|  | The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image | 
|  | from a "data file" which is used as image payload: | 
|  |  | 
|  | tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \ | 
|  | -n name -d data_file image | 
|  | -A ==> set architecture to 'arch' | 
|  | -O ==> set operating system to 'os' | 
|  | -T ==> set image type to 'type' | 
|  | -C ==> set compression type 'comp' | 
|  | -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex) | 
|  | -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex) | 
|  | -n ==> set image name to 'name' | 
|  | -d ==> use image data from 'datafile' | 
|  |  | 
|  | Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load | 
|  | address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the | 
|  | kernel version: | 
|  |  | 
|  | - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C, | 
|  | - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000. | 
|  |  | 
|  | So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ | 
|  | > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \ | 
|  | > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \ | 
|  | > examples/uImage.TQM850L | 
|  | Image Name:   2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L | 
|  | Created:      Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 | 
|  | Image Type:   PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 
|  | Data Size:    335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB | 
|  | Load Address: 0x00000000 | 
|  | Entry Point:  0x00000000 | 
|  |  | 
|  | To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption): | 
|  |  | 
|  | -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L | 
|  | Image Name:   2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L | 
|  | Created:      Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 | 
|  | Image Type:   PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 
|  | Data Size:    335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB | 
|  | Load Address: 0x00000000 | 
|  | Entry Point:  0x00000000 | 
|  |  | 
|  | NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade | 
|  | speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this | 
|  | needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not | 
|  | need to be uncompressed: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz | 
|  | -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ | 
|  | > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \ | 
|  | > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \ | 
|  | > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed | 
|  | Image Name:   2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L | 
|  | Created:      Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 | 
|  | Image Type:   PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed) | 
|  | Data Size:    792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB | 
|  | Load Address: 0x00000000 | 
|  | Entry Point:  0x00000000 | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file | 
|  | when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk: | 
|  |  | 
|  | -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \ | 
|  | > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \ | 
|  | > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd | 
|  | Image Name:   Simple Ramdisk Image | 
|  | Created:      Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000 | 
|  | Image Type:   PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) | 
|  | Data Size:    566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB | 
|  | Load Address: 0x00000000 | 
|  | Entry Point:  0x00000000 | 
|  |  | 
|  | The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i" | 
|  | option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d" | 
|  | option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file" | 
|  | from the image: | 
|  |  | 
|  | tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file | 
|  | -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file' | 
|  | -T ==> set image type to 'type' | 
|  | -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image' | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Installing a Linux Image: | 
|  | ------------------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface, | 
|  | you must convert the image to S-Record format: | 
|  |  | 
|  | objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec | 
|  |  | 
|  | The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot | 
|  | image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to | 
|  | address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to | 
|  | specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads' | 
|  | command. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the | 
|  | TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank): | 
|  |  | 
|  | => erase 40100000 401FFFFF | 
|  |  | 
|  | .......... done | 
|  | Erased 8 sectors | 
|  |  | 
|  | => loads 40100000 | 
|  | ## Ready for S-Record download ... | 
|  | ~>examples/image.srec | 
|  | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ... | 
|  | ... | 
|  | 15989 15990 15991 15992 | 
|  | [file transfer complete] | 
|  | [connected] | 
|  | ## Start Addr = 0x00000000 | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command; | 
|  | this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data | 
|  | corruption happened: | 
|  |  | 
|  | => imi 40100000 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... | 
|  | Image Name:	 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L | 
|  | Image Type:	 PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 
|  | Data Size:	 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB | 
|  | Load Address: 00000000 | 
|  | Entry Point:	 0000000c | 
|  | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Boot Linux: | 
|  | ----------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in | 
|  | memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents | 
|  | of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as | 
|  | parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the | 
|  | "printenv" and "setenv" commands: | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | => printenv bootargs | 
|  | bootargs=root=/dev/ram | 
|  |  | 
|  | => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 | 
|  |  | 
|  | => printenv bootargs | 
|  | bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 | 
|  |  | 
|  | => bootm 40020000 | 
|  | ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ... | 
|  | Image Name:	 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L | 
|  | Image Type:	 PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 
|  | Data Size:	 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB | 
|  | Load Address: 00000000 | 
|  | Entry Point:	 0000000c | 
|  | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 
|  | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK | 
|  | Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000 | 
|  | Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 | 
|  | time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 | 
|  | Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS | 
|  | Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000] | 
|  | ... | 
|  |  | 
|  | If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass | 
|  | the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT | 
|  | format!) to the "bootm" command: | 
|  |  | 
|  | => imi 40100000 40200000 | 
|  |  | 
|  | ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... | 
|  | Image Name:	 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L | 
|  | Image Type:	 PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 
|  | Data Size:	 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB | 
|  | Load Address: 00000000 | 
|  | Entry Point:	 0000000c | 
|  | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 
|  |  | 
|  | ## Checking Image at 40200000 ... | 
|  | Image Name:	 Simple Ramdisk Image | 
|  | Image Type:	 PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) | 
|  | Data Size:	 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB | 
|  | Load Address: 00000000 | 
|  | Entry Point:	 00000000 | 
|  | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 
|  |  | 
|  | => bootm 40100000 40200000 | 
|  | ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ... | 
|  | Image Name:	 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L | 
|  | Image Type:	 PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 
|  | Data Size:	 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB | 
|  | Load Address: 00000000 | 
|  | Entry Point:	 0000000c | 
|  | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 
|  | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK | 
|  | ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ... | 
|  | Image Name:	 Simple Ramdisk Image | 
|  | Image Type:	 PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) | 
|  | Data Size:	 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB | 
|  | Load Address: 00000000 | 
|  | Entry Point:	 00000000 | 
|  | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 
|  | Loading Ramdisk ... OK | 
|  | Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000 | 
|  | Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram | 
|  | time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 | 
|  | Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS | 
|  | ... | 
|  | RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0 | 
|  | VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem). | 
|  |  | 
|  | bash# | 
|  |  | 
|  | Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree: | 
|  | ----------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section | 
|  | titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The | 
|  | following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated | 
|  | flat device tree: | 
|  |  | 
|  | => print oftaddr | 
|  | oftaddr=0x300000 | 
|  | => print oft | 
|  | oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb | 
|  | => tftp $oftaddr $oft | 
|  | Speed: 1000, full duplex | 
|  | Using TSEC0 device | 
|  | TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101 | 
|  | Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'. | 
|  | Load address: 0x300000 | 
|  | Loading: # | 
|  | done | 
|  | Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex) | 
|  | => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile | 
|  | Speed: 1000, full duplex | 
|  | Using TSEC0 device | 
|  | TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2 | 
|  | Filename 'uImage'. | 
|  | Load address: 0x200000 | 
|  | Loading:############ | 
|  | done | 
|  | Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex) | 
|  | => print loadaddr | 
|  | loadaddr=200000 | 
|  | => print oftaddr | 
|  | oftaddr=0x300000 | 
|  | => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr | 
|  | ## Booting image at 00200000 ... | 
|  | Image Name:	 Linux-2.6.17-dirty | 
|  | Image Type:	 PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 
|  | Data Size:	 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB | 
|  | Load Address: 00000000 | 
|  | Entry Point:	 00000000 | 
|  | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 
|  | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK | 
|  | Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000 | 
|  | Using MPC85xx ADS machine description | 
|  | Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb | 
|  | [snip] | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | More About U-Boot Image Types: | 
|  | ------------------------------ | 
|  |  | 
|  | U-Boot supports the following image types: | 
|  |  | 
|  | "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment | 
|  | provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave | 
|  | well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from | 
|  | the Standalone Program. | 
|  | "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which | 
|  | will take over control completely. Usually these programs | 
|  | will install their own set of exception handlers, device | 
|  | drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot | 
|  | expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU. | 
|  | "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their | 
|  | parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is | 
|  | being started. | 
|  | "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS | 
|  | (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like | 
|  | RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want | 
|  | to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot | 
|  | server provides just a single image file, but you want to get | 
|  | for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image. | 
|  |  | 
|  | "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each | 
|  | image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network | 
|  | byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0". | 
|  | Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by | 
|  | one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to | 
|  | a multiple of 4 bytes). | 
|  |  | 
|  | "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like | 
|  | U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to | 
|  | flash memory. | 
|  |  | 
|  | "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by | 
|  | U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially | 
|  | useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush) | 
|  | as command interpreter. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Booting the Linux zImage: | 
|  | ------------------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done | 
|  | using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same | 
|  | as the syntax of "bootm" command. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply | 
|  | kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the | 
|  | address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following | 
|  | format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>". | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Standalone HOWTO: | 
|  | ================= | 
|  |  | 
|  | One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and | 
|  | run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of | 
|  | U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Two simple examples are included with the sources: | 
|  |  | 
|  | "Hello World" Demo: | 
|  | ------------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo | 
|  | application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot. | 
|  | It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it | 
|  | like that: | 
|  |  | 
|  | => loads | 
|  | ## Ready for S-Record download ... | 
|  | ~>examples/hello_world.srec | 
|  | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... | 
|  | [file transfer complete] | 
|  | [connected] | 
|  | ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 | 
|  |  | 
|  | => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test. | 
|  | ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... | 
|  | Hello World | 
|  | argc = 7 | 
|  | argv[0] = "40004" | 
|  | argv[1] = "Hello" | 
|  | argv[2] = "World!" | 
|  | argv[3] = "This" | 
|  | argv[4] = "is" | 
|  | argv[5] = "a" | 
|  | argv[6] = "test." | 
|  | argv[7] = "<NULL>" | 
|  | Hit any key to exit ... | 
|  |  | 
|  | ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 | 
|  |  | 
|  | Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt | 
|  | handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'. | 
|  | Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second. | 
|  | The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.' | 
|  | character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be | 
|  | controlled by the following keys: | 
|  |  | 
|  | ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers | 
|  | b - enable interrupts and start timer | 
|  | e - stop timer and disable interrupts | 
|  | q - quit application | 
|  |  | 
|  | => loads | 
|  | ## Ready for S-Record download ... | 
|  | ~>examples/timer.srec | 
|  | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... | 
|  | [file transfer complete] | 
|  | [connected] | 
|  | ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 | 
|  |  | 
|  | => go 40004 | 
|  | ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... | 
|  | TIMERS=0xfff00980 | 
|  | Using timer 1 | 
|  | tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0 | 
|  |  | 
|  | Hit 'b': | 
|  | [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us | 
|  | Enabling timer | 
|  | Hit '?': | 
|  | [q, b, e, ?] ........ | 
|  | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0 | 
|  | Hit '?': | 
|  | [q, b, e, ?] . | 
|  | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0 | 
|  | Hit '?': | 
|  | [q, b, e, ?] . | 
|  | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0 | 
|  | Hit '?': | 
|  | [q, b, e, ?] . | 
|  | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0 | 
|  | Hit 'e': | 
|  | [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer | 
|  | Hit 'q': | 
|  | [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Minicom warning: | 
|  | ================ | 
|  |  | 
|  | Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the | 
|  | "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd) | 
|  | consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under | 
|  | Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and | 
|  | especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and | 
|  | use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command).  See | 
|  | http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3. | 
|  | for help with kermit. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this | 
|  | configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Name	   Program			Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi | 
|  | X  kermit  /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s	 Y    U	   Y	   N	  N | 
|  | Y  kermit  /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r	 N    D	   Y	   N	  N | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | NetBSD Notes: | 
|  | ============= | 
|  |  | 
|  | Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host | 
|  | (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx). | 
|  |  | 
|  | Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on | 
|  | NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also | 
|  | need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make). | 
|  | Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files; | 
|  | attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is | 
|  | missing.  This file has to be installed and patched manually: | 
|  |  | 
|  | # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include | 
|  | # mkdir powerpc | 
|  | # ln -s powerpc machine | 
|  | # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h | 
|  | # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h	## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST | 
|  |  | 
|  | Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native | 
|  | and U-Boot include files. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a | 
|  | stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel | 
|  | proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source | 
|  | tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the | 
|  | meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Implementation Internals: | 
|  | ========================= | 
|  |  | 
|  | The following is not intended to be a complete description of every | 
|  | implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the | 
|  | inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom | 
|  | hardware. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Initial Stack, Global Data: | 
|  | --------------------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot | 
|  | starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to | 
|  | system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet). | 
|  | This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS | 
|  | is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working | 
|  | at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation | 
|  | options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU | 
|  | models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and | 
|  | MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be | 
|  | locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the | 
|  | U-Boot mailing list: | 
|  |  | 
|  | Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)? | 
|  | From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com> | 
|  | Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET) | 
|  | ... | 
|  |  | 
|  | Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it | 
|  | is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not | 
|  | require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness | 
|  | is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of | 
|  | necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's | 
|  | beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you | 
|  | can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and | 
|  | operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals. | 
|  |  | 
|  | OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It | 
|  | is another option for the system designer to use as an | 
|  | initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either | 
|  | option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your | 
|  | board designers haven't used it for something that would | 
|  | cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not | 
|  | used. | 
|  |  | 
|  | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere | 
|  | with your processor/board/system design. The default value | 
|  | you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in | 
|  | walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger | 
|  | than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set | 
|  | it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources | 
|  | that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in | 
|  | start.S has been around a while and should work as is when | 
|  | you get the config right. | 
|  |  | 
|  | -Chris Hallinan | 
|  | DS4.COM, Inc. | 
|  |  | 
|  | It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C | 
|  | code for the initialization procedures: | 
|  |  | 
|  | * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt | 
|  | to write it. | 
|  |  | 
|  | * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized | 
|  | as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali- | 
|  | zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM). | 
|  |  | 
|  | * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like | 
|  | that. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use | 
|  | normal global data to share information between the code. But it | 
|  | turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly | 
|  | simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all | 
|  | functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_ | 
|  | functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of | 
|  | the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we | 
|  | place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we | 
|  | reserve for this purpose. | 
|  |  | 
|  | When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the | 
|  | relevant  (E)ABI  specifications for the current architecture, and by | 
|  | GCC's implementation. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use: | 
|  | R1:	stack pointer | 
|  | R2:	reserved for system use | 
|  | R3-R4:	parameter passing and return values | 
|  | R5-R10: parameter passing | 
|  | R13:	small data area pointer | 
|  | R30:	GOT pointer | 
|  | R31:	frame pointer | 
|  |  | 
|  | (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12 | 
|  | is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when | 
|  | going back and forth between asm and C) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the | 
|  | address of the global data structure is known at compile time), | 
|  | but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat | 
|  | smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on | 
|  | average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image, | 
|  | 624 text + 127 data). | 
|  |  | 
|  | On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here: | 
|  | http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface | 
|  |  | 
|  | ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data | 
|  |  | 
|  | On ARM, the following registers are used: | 
|  |  | 
|  | R0:	function argument word/integer result | 
|  | R1-R3:	function argument word | 
|  | R9:	platform specific | 
|  | R10:	stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled) | 
|  | R11:	argument (frame) pointer | 
|  | R12:	temporary workspace | 
|  | R13:	stack pointer | 
|  | R14:	link register | 
|  | R15:	program counter | 
|  |  | 
|  | ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported. | 
|  |  | 
|  | On Nios II, the ABI is documented here: | 
|  | http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf | 
|  |  | 
|  | ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp | 
|  | to access small data sections, so gp is free. | 
|  |  | 
|  | On NDS32, the following registers are used: | 
|  |  | 
|  | R0-R1:	argument/return | 
|  | R2-R5:	argument | 
|  | R15:	temporary register for assembler | 
|  | R16:	trampoline register | 
|  | R28:	frame pointer (FP) | 
|  | R29:	global pointer (GP) | 
|  | R30:	link register (LP) | 
|  | R31:	stack pointer (SP) | 
|  | PC:	program counter (PC) | 
|  |  | 
|  | ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data | 
|  |  | 
|  | NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope, | 
|  | or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Memory Management: | 
|  | ------------------ | 
|  |  | 
|  | U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the | 
|  | MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory | 
|  | controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each | 
|  | memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several | 
|  | physical memory banks. | 
|  |  | 
|  | U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on | 
|  | TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After | 
|  | booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself | 
|  | to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some | 
|  | memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN | 
|  | configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board | 
|  | Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward). | 
|  |  | 
|  | Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB | 
|  | of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF). | 
|  |  | 
|  | So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like | 
|  | this: | 
|  |  | 
|  | 0x0000 0000	Exception Vector code | 
|  | : | 
|  | 0x0000 1FFF | 
|  | 0x0000 2000	Free for Application Use | 
|  | : | 
|  | : | 
|  |  | 
|  | : | 
|  | : | 
|  | 0x00FB FF20	Monitor Stack (Growing downward) | 
|  | 0x00FB FFAC	Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data | 
|  | 0x00FC 0000	Malloc Arena | 
|  | : | 
|  | 0x00FD FFFF | 
|  | 0x00FE 0000	RAM Copy of Monitor Code | 
|  | ...		eventually: LCD or video framebuffer | 
|  | ...		eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset) | 
|  | 0x00FF FFFF	[End of RAM] | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | System Initialization: | 
|  | ---------------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point | 
|  | (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset | 
|  | configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory. | 
|  | To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address. | 
|  | To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!) | 
|  | initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs | 
|  | which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked | 
|  | part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, | 
|  | the caches and the SIU. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a | 
|  | preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries | 
|  | (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash | 
|  | on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is | 
|  | programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a | 
|  | simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM | 
|  | banks. | 
|  |  | 
|  | When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of | 
|  | different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first | 
|  | bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address | 
|  | 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create | 
|  | contiguous memory starting from 0. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area | 
|  | and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board | 
|  | Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM | 
|  | pages, and the final stack is set up. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment; | 
|  | until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are | 
|  | running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a | 
|  | new address in RAM. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | U-Boot Porting Guide: | 
|  | ---------------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing | 
|  | list, October 2002] | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | int main(int argc, char *argv[]) | 
|  | { | 
|  | sighandler_t no_more_time; | 
|  |  | 
|  | signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time); | 
|  | alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (available_money > available_manpower) { | 
|  | Pay consultant to port U-Boot; | 
|  | return 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | Download latest U-Boot source; | 
|  |  | 
|  | Subscribe to u-boot mailing list; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (clueless) | 
|  | email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?"); | 
|  |  | 
|  | while (learning) { | 
|  | Read the README file in the top level directory; | 
|  | Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual; | 
|  | Read applicable doc/*.README; | 
|  | Read the source, Luke; | 
|  | /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */ | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500)) | 
|  | Buy a BDI3000; | 
|  | else | 
|  | Add a lot of aggravation and time; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (a similar board exists) {	/* hopefully... */ | 
|  | cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard> | 
|  | cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h | 
|  | } else { | 
|  | Create your own board support subdirectory; | 
|  | Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file; | 
|  | } | 
|  | Edit new board/<myboard> files | 
|  | Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h | 
|  |  | 
|  | while (!accepted) { | 
|  | while (!running) { | 
|  | do { | 
|  | Add / modify source code; | 
|  | } until (compiles); | 
|  | Debug; | 
|  | if (clueless) | 
|  | email("Hi, I am having problems..."); | 
|  | } | 
|  | Send patch file to the U-Boot email list; | 
|  | if (reasonable critiques) | 
|  | Incorporate improvements from email list code review; | 
|  | else | 
|  | Defend code as written; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | void no_more_time (int sig) | 
|  | { | 
|  | hire_a_guru(); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Coding Standards: | 
|  | ----------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel | 
|  | coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script | 
|  | "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Source files originating from a different project (for example the | 
|  | MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not | 
|  | reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those | 
|  | sources. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in | 
|  | Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//) | 
|  | in your code. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Please also stick to the following formatting rules: | 
|  | - remove any trailing white space | 
|  | - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces | 
|  | - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds | 
|  | - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files | 
|  | - do not add trailing empty lines to source files | 
|  |  | 
|  | Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned | 
|  | with a request to reformat the changes. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Submitting Patches: | 
|  | ------------------- | 
|  |  | 
|  | Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to | 
|  | establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules | 
|  | may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>; | 
|  | see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot | 
|  |  | 
|  | When you send a patch, please include the following information with | 
|  | it: | 
|  |  | 
|  | * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes | 
|  | this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the | 
|  | patch actually fixes something. | 
|  |  | 
|  | * For new features: a description of the feature and your | 
|  | implementation. | 
|  |  | 
|  | * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch) | 
|  |  | 
|  | * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file | 
|  |  | 
|  | * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a | 
|  | maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too. | 
|  |  | 
|  | * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to | 
|  | document these in the README file. | 
|  |  | 
|  | * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly* | 
|  | recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the | 
|  | "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to | 
|  | the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems | 
|  | with some other mail clients. | 
|  |  | 
|  | If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of | 
|  | diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of | 
|  | GNU diff. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The current directory when running this command shall be the parent | 
|  | directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that | 
|  | your patch includes sufficient directory information for the | 
|  | affected files). | 
|  |  | 
|  | We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged, | 
|  | and compressed attachments must not be used. | 
|  |  | 
|  | * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several | 
|  | files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file. | 
|  |  | 
|  | * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be | 
|  | submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | Notes: | 
|  |  | 
|  | * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched | 
|  | source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported | 
|  | for any of the boards. | 
|  |  | 
|  | * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch | 
|  | containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be | 
|  | returned with a request to re-formatting / split it. | 
|  |  | 
|  | * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not | 
|  | add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful! | 
|  | When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only | 
|  | (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature | 
|  | disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your | 
|  | modification. | 
|  |  | 
|  | * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the | 
|  | u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are | 
|  | reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches | 
|  | bigger than the size limit should be avoided. |